Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 40195:dbb68d0ddad1
(compilation-set-window-height): Select
old window only if it's still live.
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 22 Oct 2001 18:43:26 +0000 |
parents | 23994b3c14a7 |
children | 5b92a648a267 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27321 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
2 ;; | |
3 ;;; Code: | |
25876 | 4 |
25998 | 5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
39611 | 7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15192 12238)) |
25998 | 8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el |
9 | |
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
11 Play 5x5. | |
12 | |
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
14 squares you must fill the grid. | |
15 | |
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
17 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
19 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
20 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
21 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
22 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
30 | |
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
33 | |
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
36 | |
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
39 | |
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
42 mutating the result." t nil) | |
43 | |
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
46 | |
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
51 | |
52 ;;;*** | |
53 | |
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
39611 | 55 ;;;;;; (15192 12240)) |
25876 | 56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
57 | |
25998 | 58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
61 extensions. | |
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
63 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 64 |
25876 | 65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
67 | |
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
69 | |
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
72 | |
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
75 | |
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
78 | |
25998 | 79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 80 |
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
83 | |
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
86 | |
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
92 | |
93 If you use imenu.el: | |
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
95 | |
96 If you use find-file.el: | |
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 102 |
103 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
30565 | 106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil) |
25998 | 107 |
108 ;;;*** | |
109 | |
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
39611 | 111 ;;;;;; (15192 12240)) |
25998 | 112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
113 | |
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 116 |
117 ;;;*** | |
118 | |
31388 | 119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun |
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry | |
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address | |
39732 | 122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15294 47094)) |
25876 | 123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
124 | |
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
27321 | 127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
25876 | 128 |
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
132 | |
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
135 | |
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
138 | |
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
143 | |
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
147 | |
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
32115 | 149 current buffer to the complete file name. |
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil) | |
25876 | 151 |
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
39732 | 153 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file. |
25876 | 154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user |
155 name and site. | |
156 | |
39732 | 157 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log. |
158 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
159 | |
25876 | 160 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. |
39732 | 161 |
25876 | 162 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; |
163 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
164 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
165 | |
39732 | 166 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying |
167 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these | |
168 notices. | |
169 | |
25876 | 170 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if |
171 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
172 | |
173 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
39732 | 174 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item. |
175 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays | |
176 the change log file in another window." t nil) | |
25876 | 177 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) |
178 | |
179 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
180 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
181 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
182 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
183 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
184 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
185 | |
186 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
187 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
188 | |
189 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
190 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
191 | |
192 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
193 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
194 | |
195 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
196 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
197 | |
198 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
28523 | 199 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. |
25876 | 200 |
201 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
202 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
28523 | 203 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables |
27321 | 204 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and |
205 `add-log-current-defun-function' | |
25876 | 206 |
207 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
208 | |
27321 | 209 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
210 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
211 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
212 the appropriate motion commands). | |
213 | |
31388 | 214 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and |
215 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil) | |
216 | |
217 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ | |
218 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil) | |
27321 | 219 |
25876 | 220 ;;;*** |
221 | |
222 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
39611 | 223 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15185 |
224 ;;;;;; 36002)) | |
25876 | 225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
226 | |
227 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
228 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
229 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
230 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
231 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
232 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
233 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
234 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
235 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
236 interpreted as `error'.") | |
237 | |
238 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
239 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
240 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
241 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
242 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 243 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
244 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 245 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
246 | |
247 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 248 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 249 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
250 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
251 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
252 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
253 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
254 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
255 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 256 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 257 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
258 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
259 | |
260 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 261 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 262 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
263 | |
264 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
265 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
266 BODY... ) | |
267 | |
268 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
269 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
270 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
271 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
272 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
273 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
274 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
275 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
276 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
277 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
278 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
279 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
280 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
281 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
282 | |
283 Semantics of the various flags: | |
284 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
285 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
286 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
287 | |
288 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
289 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
290 | |
291 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
292 advised function should be compiled. | |
293 | |
26724 | 294 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 295 during activation until somebody enables it. |
296 | |
297 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
298 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
299 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
300 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
301 | |
302 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
303 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
304 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
305 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
306 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
307 during preloading. | |
308 | |
26724 | 309 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 310 |
311 ;;;*** | |
312 | |
30565 | 313 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule |
314 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp | |
39611 | 315 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15192 12206)) |
27327 | 316 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el |
317 | |
318 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
319 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
320 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
321 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
322 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
323 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
324 rule's `separate' attribute). | |
325 | |
326 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
327 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
328 `separate' attribute set. | |
329 | |
330 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
331 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
332 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
333 on the format of these lists." t nil) | |
334 | |
335 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
336 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
337 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
338 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
339 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
340 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
341 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
342 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
343 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
344 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
345 options. | |
346 | |
347 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
348 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
349 | |
350 Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
351 Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
352 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
353 Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
354 | |
355 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
356 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
357 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil) | |
358 | |
359 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
360 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
361 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
362 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
363 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
364 align that section." t nil) | |
365 | |
366 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
367 Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
368 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
369 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
370 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
371 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
372 been used to align that section." t nil) | |
373 | |
374 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
375 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
376 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
377 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
378 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
379 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
380 to be colored." t nil) | |
381 | |
382 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
383 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil) | |
384 | |
30565 | 385 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ |
386 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil) | |
387 | |
27327 | 388 ;;;*** |
389 | |
25876 | 390 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
39611 | 391 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15292 25972)) |
28212 | 392 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el |
25876 | 393 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) |
394 | |
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
396 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
397 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
398 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
399 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
400 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
401 | |
402 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
403 | |
404 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
405 | |
406 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
407 | |
408 ;;;*** | |
409 | |
39050 | 410 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string) |
39611 | 411 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15223 37897)) |
39050 | 412 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el |
413 | |
414 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\ | |
415 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation. | |
416 The characters start at randomly chosen places, | |
417 and all slide in parallel to their final positions, | |
418 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones. | |
419 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally | |
420 in the current window." nil nil) | |
421 | |
422 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\ | |
423 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer. | |
424 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil) | |
425 | |
426 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\ | |
427 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil) | |
428 | |
429 ;;;*** | |
430 | |
35744 | 431 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) |
39611 | 432 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14969 37995)) |
35744 | 433 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el |
434 | |
435 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\ | |
436 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil) | |
437 | |
438 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\ | |
439 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties. | |
440 | |
441 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is | |
442 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using | |
443 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into | |
444 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'. | |
445 | |
446 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker | |
447 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark. | |
448 | |
449 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil) | |
450 | |
451 ;;;*** | |
452 | |
34166 | 453 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules) |
39611 | 454 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15242 17023)) |
26724 | 455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
456 | |
34166 | 457 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\ |
458 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory. | |
459 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode', | |
460 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer | |
461 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for | |
462 \\[yank]. | |
463 | |
464 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar | |
465 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary. | |
466 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of | |
467 the rules. | |
468 | |
469 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names | |
470 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a | |
471 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The | |
472 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil) | |
473 | |
26724 | 474 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ |
475 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
476 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
477 | |
478 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
479 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
480 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
481 | |
482 ;;;*** | |
483 | |
25876 | 484 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
485 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
486 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
39611 | 487 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15192 12220)) |
25876 | 488 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
489 | |
490 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
491 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
492 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
493 as the first thing on a line.") | |
494 | |
495 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
496 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
497 | |
498 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
499 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
500 | |
501 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
502 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
503 | |
504 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
505 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
506 | |
507 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
508 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
509 | |
510 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
511 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
512 | |
513 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
514 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
515 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
516 | |
517 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
28523 | 518 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. |
25876 | 519 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) |
520 | |
521 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
522 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
523 | |
28523 | 524 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ |
525 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. | |
526 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | |
527 put in the appointments list. | |
528 02/23/89 | |
529 12:00pm lunch | |
530 Wednesday | |
531 10:00am group meeting | |
532 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER | |
533 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | |
534 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil) | |
25876 | 535 |
536 ;;;*** | |
537 | |
538 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
39732 | 539 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15298 |
540 ;;;;;; 59296)) | |
25876 | 541 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
542 | |
26724 | 543 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
544 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
545 | |
546 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
547 | |
25876 | 548 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
549 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
30565 | 550 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show |
25876 | 551 normal variables." t nil) |
552 | |
553 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
554 | |
555 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 556 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
557 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
25876 | 558 noninteractive functions. |
559 | |
560 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
561 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
562 | |
563 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 564 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
565 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also | |
566 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more | |
567 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
25876 | 568 |
569 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 570 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. |
571 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
25876 | 572 at the function and at the names and values of properties. |
573 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
574 | |
575 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 576 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. |
577 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
25876 | 578 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key |
579 bindings. | |
580 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
581 | |
582 ;;;*** | |
583 | |
39437 | 584 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15260 |
585 ;;;;;; 30413)) | |
25876 | 586 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
587 | |
588 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
589 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
590 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
591 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
592 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
593 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
594 | |
595 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
596 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
597 archive. | |
598 | |
599 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
600 | |
601 ;;;*** | |
602 | |
39611 | 603 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15192 12207)) |
25876 | 604 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
605 | |
606 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
607 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
608 | |
609 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
610 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
611 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
612 | |
27321 | 613 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
25876 | 614 |
615 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
27321 | 616 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
25876 | 617 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
618 | |
619 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
620 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
621 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
622 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
623 The variables are: | |
624 | |
625 Variables you assign: | |
27321 | 626 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
627 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
628 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
629 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
630 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
25876 | 631 row numbers in the buffer. |
632 | |
633 Variables which are calculated: | |
27321 | 634 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
635 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
25876 | 636 |
637 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
638 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
639 | |
640 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
641 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
642 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
643 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
644 | |
645 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
646 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
647 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
648 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
649 | |
650 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
651 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
652 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
653 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
654 | |
655 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
656 between that of point and mark. | |
657 | |
658 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
659 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
660 | |
661 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
662 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
663 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
664 newlines inside rows) | |
665 | |
666 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
667 | |
668 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
669 | |
670 ;;;*** | |
671 | |
39611 | 672 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15192 |
673 ;;;;;; 12246)) | |
34166 | 674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el |
675 | |
676 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\ | |
677 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive. | |
678 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses | |
679 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard. | |
680 | |
681 How to quit artist mode | |
682 | |
683 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode. | |
684 | |
685 | |
686 How to submit a bug report | |
687 | |
688 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report. | |
689 | |
690 | |
691 Drawing with the mouse: | |
692 | |
693 mouse-2 | |
694 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with | |
695 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described | |
696 below). | |
697 | |
698 mouse-1 | |
699 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies | |
700 or pastes: | |
701 | |
702 Operation Not shifted Shifted | |
703 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
704 Pen fill-char at point line from last point | |
705 to new point | |
706 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
707 Line Line in any direction Straight line | |
708 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
709 Rectangle Rectangle Square | |
710 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
711 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines | |
712 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
713 Ellipses Ellipses Circles | |
714 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
715 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite) | |
716 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
717 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray | |
718 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
719 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle | |
720 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
721 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected | |
722 lines | |
723 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
724 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square | |
725 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
726 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square | |
727 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
728 Paste Paste Paste | |
729 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
730 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill | |
731 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
732 | |
38398 | 733 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically |
34166 | 734 or diagonally. |
735 | |
736 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you | |
737 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment | |
738 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the | |
739 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing | |
740 poly-lines. | |
741 | |
742 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer | |
743 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while | |
744 overwrite means the opposite. | |
745 | |
746 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose | |
747 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable | |
748 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'. | |
749 | |
750 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square. | |
751 | |
752 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows. | |
753 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info. | |
754 | |
755 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation. | |
756 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you | |
757 are currently drawing something. | |
758 | |
759 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite | |
760 some time to fill. | |
761 | |
762 | |
763 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer | |
764 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle | |
765 | |
766 | |
767 Settings | |
768 | |
769 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares | |
770 | |
771 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines | |
772 | |
773 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing | |
774 | |
775 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding | |
776 | |
777 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape | |
778 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed) | |
779 | |
780 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes. | |
781 | |
782 | |
783 Drawing with keys | |
784 | |
785 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following: | |
786 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint | |
787 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point) | |
788 When erase characters: toggles erasing | |
789 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square | |
790 When pasting: Pastes | |
791 | |
792 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw | |
793 | |
794 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char]. | |
795 | |
796 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling | |
797 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing | |
798 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing | |
799 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding | |
800 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings | |
801 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes | |
802 | |
803 | |
804 Arrows | |
805 | |
806 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning | |
807 of the line/poly-line | |
808 | |
809 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end | |
810 of the line/poly-line | |
811 | |
812 | |
813 Selecting operation | |
814 | |
815 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations: | |
816 | |
817 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines | |
818 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines | |
819 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles | |
820 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares | |
821 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines | |
822 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines | |
823 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses | |
824 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles | |
825 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru) | |
826 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite) | |
827 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can | |
828 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can | |
829 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters | |
830 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles | |
831 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines | |
832 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines | |
833 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles | |
834 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles | |
835 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting | |
836 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling | |
837 | |
838 | |
839 Variables | |
840 | |
841 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info, | |
842 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET). | |
843 | |
844 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not | |
845 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point... | |
846 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding | |
847 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect | |
848 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows | |
849 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares | |
850 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings | |
851 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling | |
852 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling | |
853 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing | |
854 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
855 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
856 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders | |
857 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible | |
858 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines | |
859 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings | |
860 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area | |
861 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color'' | |
862 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color'' | |
863 | |
864 Hooks | |
865 | |
866 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called. | |
867 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called. | |
868 | |
869 | |
870 Keymap summary | |
871 | |
872 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil) | |
873 | |
874 ;;;*** | |
875 | |
35668 | 876 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804 |
39611 | 877 ;;;;;; 36495)) |
25876 | 878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
879 | |
880 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
881 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
882 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
883 | |
884 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
885 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
886 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
887 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
888 | |
889 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
890 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
891 | |
892 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
893 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
894 | |
895 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
896 | |
897 Special commands: | |
898 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
899 " t nil) | |
900 | |
901 ;;;*** | |
902 | |
35196 | 903 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el" |
39611 | 904 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
35196 | 905 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el |
25876 | 906 |
907 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 908 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 909 |
910 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 911 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 912 |
913 ;;;*** | |
914 | |
29505 | 915 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" |
33357 | 916 ;;;;;; (14777 22131)) |
28919 | 917 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el |
918 | |
33357 | 919 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\ |
920 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off. | |
921 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
923 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.") | |
924 | |
925 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
926 | |
927 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
928 | |
28919 | 929 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
29505 | 930 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. |
28919 | 931 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
932 \\<autoarg-mode-map> | |
933 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | |
934 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | |
935 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | |
936 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | |
937 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | |
938 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | |
939 | |
940 For example: | |
941 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | |
942 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | |
943 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | |
944 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | |
945 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | |
946 | |
947 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil) | |
948 | |
33357 | 949 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\ |
950 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off. | |
951 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
953 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.") | |
954 | |
955 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
956 | |
957 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
958 | |
29505 | 959 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
960 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. | |
961 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
962 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> | |
963 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' | |
964 &c to supply digit arguments. | |
965 | |
966 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil) | |
967 | |
28919 | 968 ;;;*** |
969 | |
28077 | 970 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" |
39611 | 971 ;;;;;; (15192 12240)) |
28077 | 972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el |
973 | |
974 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | |
975 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil) | |
976 | |
977 ;;;*** | |
978 | |
25876 | 979 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) |
35668 | 980 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348)) |
25876 | 981 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
982 | |
983 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
32115 | 984 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. |
25876 | 985 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) |
986 | |
987 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
988 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
989 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
990 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
991 | |
32115 | 992 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 993 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off. |
994 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
32115 | 995 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
996 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.") | |
997 | |
998 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
999 | |
1000 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert)) | |
1001 | |
25876 | 1002 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ |
26724 | 1003 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
1004 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
1005 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
1006 | |
1007 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 1008 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
1009 | |
1010 ;;;*** | |
1011 | |
1012 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
1013 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
39611 | 1014 ;;;;;; (15293 42341)) |
25876 | 1015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
1016 | |
1017 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1018 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
39590 | 1019 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables). |
1020 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil) | |
25876 | 1021 |
1022 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
1023 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
1024 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
1025 | |
1026 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1027 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
1028 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
1029 | |
1030 ;;;*** | |
1031 | |
1032 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
27949 | 1033 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" |
39611 | 1034 ;;;;;; (15192 12207)) |
25876 | 1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
1036 | |
25998 | 1037 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
1038 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
1039 | |
1040 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
1041 instead.") | |
1042 | |
27949 | 1043 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
1044 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. | |
1045 | |
1046 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the | |
1047 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
1048 | |
1049 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1050 | |
1051 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert)) | |
1052 | |
25876 | 1053 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
1054 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
1055 | |
1056 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
1057 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
1058 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
1059 | |
1060 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1061 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
1062 | |
1063 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
1064 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
1065 | |
1066 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1067 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
1068 | |
1069 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
1070 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
1071 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
1072 | |
1073 ;;;*** | |
1074 | |
28162 | 1075 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" |
39611 | 1076 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 49176)) |
25876 | 1077 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
1078 | |
28162 | 1079 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ |
31388 | 1080 Activate mouse avoidance mode. |
28162 | 1081 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. |
1082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1083 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | |
1084 | |
1085 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1086 | |
1087 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid)) | |
1088 | |
25876 | 1089 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ |
1090 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
1091 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
1092 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
1093 | |
31388 | 1094 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' |
25876 | 1095 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated |
1096 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
1097 | |
31388 | 1098 Effects of the different modes: |
25876 | 1099 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. |
1100 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
1101 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
1102 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
1103 a random distance & direction. | |
1104 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
1105 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
1106 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
1107 | |
1108 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
1109 | |
1110 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
1111 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
1112 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
1113 | |
1114 ;;;*** | |
1115 | |
35668 | 1116 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854 |
1117 ;;;;;; 32223)) | |
25876 | 1118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
1119 | |
1120 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
1121 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
33357 | 1122 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap |
1123 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing | |
25876 | 1124 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. |
1125 | |
33357 | 1126 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil) |
25876 | 1127 |
1128 ;;;*** | |
1129 | |
1130 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
39611 | 1131 ;;;;;; (15251 43414)) |
25876 | 1132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
1133 | |
1134 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
1135 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
1136 | |
1137 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
1138 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
1139 | |
1140 For example: | |
1141 | |
1142 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
1143 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
1144 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
1145 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
1146 | |
1147 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
1148 | |
1149 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
1150 | |
1151 ;;;*** | |
1152 | |
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
39611 | 1154 ;;;;;; (15223 37886)) |
25876 | 1155 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
1156 | |
1157 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
1158 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 1159 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 1160 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
1161 | |
1162 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
1163 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
33002 | 1164 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 1165 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. |
1166 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
1167 seconds." t nil) | |
1168 | |
1169 ;;;*** | |
1170 | |
39611 | 1171 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15054 |
1172 ;;;;;; 33529)) | |
25876 | 1173 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
1174 | |
1175 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
1176 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
1177 | |
1178 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
1179 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
1180 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
1181 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
1182 message. | |
1183 | |
1184 | |
1185 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
1186 | |
1187 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
1188 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
1189 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
1190 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
1191 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1192 | |
1193 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
1194 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
1195 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
1196 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
1197 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
1198 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1199 | |
1200 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
1201 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
1202 BibTeX mode. | |
1203 | |
1204 | |
1205 Special information: | |
1206 | |
1207 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
1208 | |
1209 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
1210 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
1211 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
1212 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
1213 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
1214 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
1215 current field. | |
1216 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
1217 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
1218 | |
1219 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
1220 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
1221 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
1222 bibtex-entry-format. | |
1223 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
1224 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
1225 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
1226 | |
1227 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
1228 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
1229 | |
1230 The following may be of interest as well: | |
1231 | |
1232 Functions: | |
1233 bibtex-entry | |
1234 bibtex-kill-entry | |
1235 bibtex-yank-pop | |
1236 bibtex-pop-previous | |
1237 bibtex-pop-next | |
1238 bibtex-complete-string | |
1239 bibtex-complete-key | |
1240 bibtex-print-help-message | |
1241 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
1242 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
1243 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
1244 bibtex-reposition-window | |
1245 bibtex-mark-entry | |
1246 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
1247 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
1248 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
1249 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
1250 bibtex-validate | |
1251 bibtex-count | |
1252 bibtex-fill-entry | |
1253 bibtex-reformat | |
1254 bibtex-convert-alien | |
1255 | |
1256 Variables: | |
1257 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
1258 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
1259 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
1260 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
1261 bibtex-entry-format | |
1262 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
1263 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
1264 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
1265 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
1266 bibtex-string-files | |
1267 | |
1268 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
1269 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
1270 non-nil. | |
1271 | |
1272 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
1273 | |
1274 ;;;*** | |
1275 | |
39611 | 1276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15192 12228)) |
32115 | 1277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el |
1278 | |
1279 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$") | |
1280 | |
1281 ;;;*** | |
1282 | |
25876 | 1283 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 |
25998 | 1284 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 1285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
1286 | |
1287 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
1288 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
1289 the default is 4. | |
1290 | |
1291 What is blackbox? | |
1292 | |
1293 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
1294 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
1295 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
1296 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
1297 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
1298 your score. | |
1299 | |
1300 Overview of play: | |
1301 | |
1302 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
1303 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
1304 four. | |
1305 | |
1306 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
1307 movement keys. | |
1308 | |
1309 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
1310 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
1311 | |
1312 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
1313 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
1314 | |
1315 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
1316 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
1317 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
1318 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
1319 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
1320 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
1321 | |
1322 Details: | |
1323 | |
1324 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
1325 | |
1326 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
1327 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
1328 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
1329 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
1330 | |
1331 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
1332 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
1333 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
1334 | |
1335 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
1336 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
1337 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
1338 | |
1339 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
1340 example. | |
1341 | |
1342 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
1343 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
1344 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
1345 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
1346 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
1347 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
1348 ray. | |
1349 | |
1350 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
1351 degree deflection it causes. | |
1352 | |
1353 1 | |
1354 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1355 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1356 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
1357 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
1358 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
1359 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
1360 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
1361 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
1362 2 3 | |
1363 | |
1364 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
1365 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
1366 | |
1367 | |
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1369 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1370 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
1371 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1374 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1376 | |
1377 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1378 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1379 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1380 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1381 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1382 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1383 emerging from the box. | |
1384 | |
1385 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1386 | |
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1390 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1391 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1392 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1394 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1395 | |
1396 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1397 a reflection." t nil) | |
1398 | |
1399 ;;;*** | |
1400 | |
1401 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1402 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1403 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1404 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1405 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
39732 | 1406 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15296 35571)) |
25876 | 1407 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
1408 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1409 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1410 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1411 | |
1412 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1413 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1414 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1415 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1416 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1417 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1418 | |
1419 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1420 | |
1421 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1422 | |
1423 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1424 | |
1425 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1426 | |
1427 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1428 | |
1429 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1430 | |
1431 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1432 | |
1433 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1434 | |
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1436 | |
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1438 | |
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1440 | |
1441 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1442 | |
1443 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1444 | |
1445 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1446 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1447 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1448 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1449 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1450 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1451 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1452 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1453 recent one. | |
1454 | |
1455 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1456 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1457 yank successive words. | |
1458 | |
1459 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1460 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1461 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1462 name of the file being visited. | |
1463 | |
1464 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1465 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1466 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1467 | |
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1469 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
25876 | 1470 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1471 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1472 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1473 this. | |
1474 | |
1475 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1476 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1477 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1478 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1479 | |
1480 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1481 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1482 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1483 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1484 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1485 | |
1486 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1487 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1488 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1489 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1490 | |
1491 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1492 | |
1493 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1494 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1495 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1496 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1497 | |
1498 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1499 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1500 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1501 | |
1502 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1503 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1504 name." t nil) | |
1505 | |
1506 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1507 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1508 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1509 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1510 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1511 this." t nil) | |
1512 | |
1513 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1514 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. |
25876 | 1515 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
1516 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1517 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1518 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1519 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1520 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1521 | |
1522 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1523 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1524 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1525 | |
1526 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1527 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1528 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1529 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1530 \(second argument). | |
1531 | |
1532 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1533 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1534 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1535 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1536 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1537 | |
1538 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1539 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1540 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1541 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1542 | |
1543 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1544 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1545 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1546 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1547 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1548 while loading. | |
1549 | |
1550 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1551 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1552 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1553 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1554 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1555 explicitly. | |
1556 | |
1557 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1558 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1559 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1560 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1561 | |
1562 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1563 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1564 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1565 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1566 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1567 | |
1568 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1569 | |
1570 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1571 | |
1572 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1573 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1574 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1575 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1576 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1577 this. | |
1578 | |
1579 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1580 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1581 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1582 | |
1583 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1584 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
25876 | 1585 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1586 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1587 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1588 this. | |
1589 | |
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1593 | |
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1595 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1596 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). |
1597 | |
1598 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1599 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1600 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1601 | |
1602 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1603 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 1604 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. |
1605 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1606 prompts for NEWNAME. |
25876 | 1607 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was |
1608 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1609 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1610 | |
1611 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1612 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1613 name. | |
1614 | |
1615 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1616 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1617 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1618 | |
1619 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1620 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. |
25876 | 1621 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
1622 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1623 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1624 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1625 | |
1626 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1627 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1628 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1629 | |
1630 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1631 | |
1632 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1633 | |
1634 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1635 | |
1636 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1637 | |
1638 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1639 | |
1640 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1641 | |
1642 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1643 | |
1644 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1645 | |
1646 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1647 | |
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1649 | |
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1651 | |
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1653 | |
1654 ;;;*** | |
1655 | |
38398 | 1656 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail |
1657 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm | |
1658 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic | |
1659 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz | |
1660 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point | |
1661 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-flag | |
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" | |
39611 | 1665 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el |
25876 | 1667 |
38398 | 1668 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ |
25876 | 1669 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. |
1670 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1671 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1672 | |
1673 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1674 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1675 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1676 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1677 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1678 | |
37617 | 1679 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\ |
25876 | 1680 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. |
1681 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1682 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1683 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1684 | |
1685 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1686 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1687 | |
1688 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1689 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1690 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1691 | |
1692 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1693 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1694 | |
1695 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1696 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1697 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1698 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1699 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1700 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1701 | |
1702 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1703 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1704 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1705 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1706 narrowed." t nil) | |
1707 | |
1708 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1709 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1710 | |
1711 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1712 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1713 | |
1714 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1715 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1716 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1717 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1718 | |
1719 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1720 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1721 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1722 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1723 | |
1724 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1725 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1726 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1727 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1728 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1729 to use." t nil) | |
1730 | |
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1732 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1733 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1734 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1735 | |
37617 | 1736 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1737 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a |
1738 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1739 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1740 |
1741 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1742 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1743 |
33002 | 1744 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\ |
1745 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. | |
1746 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1747 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. | |
1748 | |
37617 | 1749 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
33002 | 1750 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an |
1751 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the | |
37617 | 1752 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
33002 | 1753 |
1754 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1755 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
33002 | 1756 |
25876 | 1757 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ |
1758 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1759 | |
1760 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1761 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1762 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1763 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1764 | |
37617 | 1765 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1766 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a |
1767 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1768 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1769 |
1770 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1771 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1772 |
1773 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1774 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1775 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1776 | |
1777 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1778 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1779 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1780 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1781 | |
1782 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1783 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1784 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1785 | |
1786 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1787 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1788 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1789 | |
37617 | 1790 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1791 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a |
1792 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1793 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1794 |
1795 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1796 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1797 |
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1799 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1800 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1801 | |
1802 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1803 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1804 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1805 | |
37617 | 1806 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1807 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive |
37617 | 1808 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1809 |
1810 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1811 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1812 |
1813 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1814 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1815 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1816 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1817 | |
1818 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1819 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1820 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1821 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1822 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1823 | |
1824 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1825 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1826 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1827 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1828 | |
37617 | 1829 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1830 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, |
1831 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
37617 | 1832 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1833 |
1834 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1835 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1836 |
1837 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1838 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1839 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1840 | |
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1842 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1843 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1844 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1845 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1846 current one. | |
1847 | |
37617 | 1848 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1849 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A |
1850 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
37617 | 1851 `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1852 |
1853 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1854 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1855 |
1856 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1857 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1858 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1859 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1860 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1861 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1862 | |
38398 | 1863 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\ |
1864 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL. | |
1865 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1866 | |
25876 | 1867 ;;;*** |
1868 | |
1869 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1870 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1871 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1872 | |
1873 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1874 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1875 | |
1876 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1877 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1878 | |
1879 ;;;*** | |
1880 | |
27016 | 1881 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
39611 | 1882 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15293 42332)) |
27016 | 1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
1884 | |
1885 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1886 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1887 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1888 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1889 | |
1890 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1891 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1892 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1893 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1894 | |
1895 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1896 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1897 | |
1898 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
31388 | 1899 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. |
27016 | 1900 \\<bs-mode-map> |
1901 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1902 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1903 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1904 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1905 | |
1906 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1907 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1908 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1909 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1910 name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1911 | |
1912 ;;;*** | |
1913 | |
39732 | 1914 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button |
1915 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15298 | |
1916 ;;;;;; 53572)) | |
1917 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el | |
1918 | |
1919 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\ | |
1920 Keymap used by buttons.") | |
1921 | |
1922 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\ | |
1923 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons. | |
1924 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.") | |
1925 | |
1926 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\ | |
1927 Define a `button type' called NAME. | |
1928 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
1929 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type | |
1930 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when | |
1931 creating the button). | |
1932 | |
1933 The property `supertype' may be used to specify a button-type from which | |
1934 NAME inherits its default property values (however, the inheritance | |
1935 happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent changes to a supertype are | |
1936 not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil) | |
1937 | |
1938 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\ | |
1939 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | |
1940 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
1941 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type' | |
1942 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit | |
1943 other properties; see `define-button-type'. | |
1944 | |
1945 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil) | |
1946 | |
1947 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\ | |
1948 Insert a button with the label LABEL. | |
1949 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
1950 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type' | |
1951 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit | |
1952 other properties; see `define-button-type'. | |
1953 | |
1954 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil) | |
1955 | |
1956 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\ | |
1957 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | |
1958 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
1959 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type' | |
1960 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit | |
1961 other properties; see `define-button-type'. | |
1962 | |
1963 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually | |
1964 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating | |
1965 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | |
1966 `make-text-button'. | |
1967 | |
1968 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil) | |
1969 | |
1970 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\ | |
1971 Insert a button with the label LABEL. | |
1972 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
1973 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type' | |
1974 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit | |
1975 other properties; see `define-button-type'. | |
1976 | |
1977 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is | |
1978 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. | |
1979 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | |
1980 `insert-text-button'. | |
1981 | |
1982 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil) | |
1983 | |
1984 ;;;*** | |
1985 | |
25876 | 1986 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
1987 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1988 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
39732 | 1989 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15297 12856)) |
25876 | 1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1991 | |
1992 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1993 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1994 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1995 | |
1996 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1997 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1998 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1999 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
2000 | |
2001 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
2002 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
2003 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
2004 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
2005 | |
2006 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
2007 | |
2008 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
2009 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
2010 | |
2011 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2012 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
2013 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
39590 | 2014 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling. |
25876 | 2015 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) |
2016 | |
2017 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2018 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
2019 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
2020 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
2021 | |
2022 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2023 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
2024 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
2025 | |
2026 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2027 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
2028 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
2029 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
2030 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
2031 all functions called by those functions. | |
2032 | |
2033 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
2034 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
2035 cons, etc.). | |
2036 | |
2037 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
2038 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
2039 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
2040 | |
2041 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2042 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
2043 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
2044 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
2045 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
2046 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
2047 | |
2048 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2049 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
2050 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
2051 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
2052 | |
2053 ;;;*** | |
2054 | |
39611 | 2055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15192 12220)) |
25876 | 2056 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el |
2057 | |
2058 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2059 | |
2060 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2061 | |
2062 ;;;*** | |
2063 | |
2064 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
39611 | 2065 ;;;;;; (15192 12220)) |
25876 | 2066 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
2067 | |
2068 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
2069 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
2070 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
2071 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
2072 | |
2073 ;;;*** | |
2074 | |
39611 | 2075 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15281 |
2076 ;;;;;; 51216)) | |
27949 | 2077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el |
2078 | |
2079 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
34166 | 2080 Run the Emacs calculator. |
27949 | 2081 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil) |
2082 | |
2083 ;;;*** | |
2084 | |
25876 | 2085 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
2086 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
2087 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
2088 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
2089 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
2090 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
2091 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
2092 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
2093 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 2094 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
2095 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
2096 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
2097 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 2098 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
2099 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
2100 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
39611 | 2101 ;;;;;; (15292 25969)) |
25876 | 2102 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
2103 | |
2104 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
2105 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
2106 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
2107 | |
2108 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
2109 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
2110 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
2111 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
2112 the screen.") | |
2113 | |
2114 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
2115 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
2116 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
2117 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
2118 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
2119 | |
2120 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
2121 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
32115 | 2122 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used, |
25876 | 2123 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For |
2124 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
2125 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
2126 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
2127 | |
2128 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
2129 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
2130 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
2131 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
2132 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
2133 | |
2134 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
2135 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
2136 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
2137 | |
2138 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2139 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
2140 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
2141 | |
26724 | 2142 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
2143 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
2144 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
2145 | |
25876 | 2146 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
2147 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
2148 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
2149 displayed.") | |
2150 | |
2151 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2152 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
2153 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
2154 | |
2155 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2156 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
2157 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2158 | |
2159 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
2160 | |
2161 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2162 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
2163 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2164 | |
2165 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
2166 calendar.") | |
2167 | |
2168 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2169 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
2170 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2171 | |
2172 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
2173 calendar.") | |
2174 | |
2175 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
2176 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
2177 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
2178 | |
2179 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
2180 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
2181 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
2182 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
2183 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
2184 | |
2185 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2186 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
2187 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
2188 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
2189 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
2190 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
2191 a function is also provided for this: | |
2192 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
2193 | |
2194 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2195 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2196 date is not visible in the window. | |
2197 | |
2198 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2199 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2200 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2201 | |
2202 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2203 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
2204 | |
2205 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2206 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2207 date is visible in the window. | |
2208 | |
2209 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2210 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2211 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2212 | |
25998 | 2213 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
2214 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
2215 | |
26724 | 2216 For example, |
25998 | 2217 |
2218 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
2219 | |
2220 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
2221 | |
25876 | 2222 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
2223 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
2224 | |
2225 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
2226 | |
2227 MONTH/DAY | |
2228 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
2229 MONTHNAME DAY | |
2230 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
2231 DAYNAME | |
2232 | |
2233 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
2234 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
2235 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
2236 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
2237 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
2238 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
2239 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
2240 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
2241 respectively. | |
2242 | |
2243 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
2244 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
2245 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
2246 | |
2247 DAY/MONTH | |
2248 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2249 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2250 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2251 DAYNAME | |
2252 | |
2253 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
2254 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
2255 | |
2256 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
2257 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
2258 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
2259 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
2260 | |
2261 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
2262 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
2263 | |
2264 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
2265 entries (in the default American style): | |
2266 | |
2267 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
2268 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
2269 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
2270 21: Payday | |
2271 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
2272 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
2273 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
2274 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
2275 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
2276 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
2277 &* 15 time cards due. | |
2278 | |
2279 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
2280 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
2281 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
2282 single diary entry | |
2283 | |
2284 02/11/1989 | |
2285 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
2286 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
2287 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
2288 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
2289 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
2290 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
2291 | |
2292 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
2293 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
2294 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
2295 | |
2296 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
2297 | |
2298 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
2299 | |
2300 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
2301 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
2302 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
2303 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
2304 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
2305 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
2306 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
2307 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
2308 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
2309 | |
2310 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
2311 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
2312 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
2313 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
2314 for these functions for details. | |
2315 | |
2316 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
2317 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2318 | |
2319 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
2320 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
2321 | |
2322 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
2323 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
2324 | |
2325 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
2326 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
2327 | |
2328 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
2329 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
2330 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
2331 | |
2332 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
32115 | 2333 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. |
25876 | 2334 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") |
2335 | |
2336 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
2337 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
2338 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
2339 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
2340 | |
2341 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
2342 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
2343 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
2344 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
2345 | |
2346 DAY/MONTH | |
2347 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2348 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2349 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2350 DAYNAME | |
2351 | |
2352 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
2353 characters with or without a period.") | |
2354 | |
2355 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
2356 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
2357 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2358 | |
25998 | 2359 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 2360 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
2361 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2362 | |
2363 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
2364 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
2365 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
2366 | |
2367 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
2368 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
2369 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
2370 | |
2371 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
2372 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
2373 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
2374 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
2375 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
2376 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
2377 | |
2378 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2379 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
2380 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
2381 | |
2382 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
2383 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2384 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2385 of the form | |
2386 | |
2387 #include \"filename\" | |
2388 | |
2389 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2390 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
2391 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
2392 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2393 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
2394 | |
2395 For example, you could use | |
2396 | |
2397 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
2398 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
2399 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
2400 | |
2401 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
2402 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
2403 lexicographic order.") | |
2404 | |
2405 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
2406 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
2407 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
2408 | |
2409 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
2410 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
2411 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
2412 diary display. | |
2413 | |
2414 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
2415 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
2416 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
2417 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
2418 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
2419 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
2420 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
2421 | |
2422 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
2423 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
2424 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
2425 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
2426 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
2427 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
2428 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
2429 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
2430 | |
2431 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
2432 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
2433 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2434 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2435 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2436 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2437 | |
2438 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2439 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
2440 | |
2441 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
32115 | 2442 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together |
25876 | 2443 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines |
2444 of the form | |
2445 #include \"filename\" | |
2446 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2447 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
2448 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
2449 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2450 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2451 | |
2452 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
2453 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
2454 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2455 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2456 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2457 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2458 | |
2459 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
2460 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
2461 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
2462 are holidays.") | |
2463 | |
2464 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
2465 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
2466 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
2467 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
2468 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
2469 | |
2470 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2471 | |
2472 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
2473 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
2474 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2475 | |
2476 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2477 | |
2478 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
2479 *Oriental holidays. | |
2480 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2481 | |
2482 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2483 | |
2484 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
2485 *Local holidays. | |
2486 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2487 | |
2488 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2489 | |
2490 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
2491 *User defined holidays. | |
2492 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2493 | |
2494 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2495 | |
2496 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
2497 | |
2498 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2499 | |
2500 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
2501 | |
2502 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2503 | |
2504 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
2505 | |
2506 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2507 | |
2508 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
2509 | |
2510 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2511 | |
2512 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
2513 *Jewish holidays. | |
2514 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2515 | |
2516 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2517 | |
2518 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2519 *Christian holidays. | |
2520 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2521 | |
2522 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2523 | |
2524 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2525 *Islamic holidays. | |
2526 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2527 | |
2528 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2529 | |
2530 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2531 *Sun-related holidays. | |
2532 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2533 | |
2534 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2535 | |
2536 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2537 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2538 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2539 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2540 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2541 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2542 | |
2543 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2544 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2545 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2546 | |
2547 ;;;*** | |
2548 | |
39611 | 2549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15192 12240)) |
25876 | 2550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2551 | |
2552 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2553 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2554 | |
2555 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2556 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2557 | |
2558 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2559 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2560 | |
2561 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2562 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2563 | |
2564 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2565 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2566 | |
2567 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2568 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2569 | |
2570 ;;;*** | |
2571 | |
2572 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2573 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
39611 | 2574 ;;;;;; (15122 26750)) |
25876 | 2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2576 | |
2577 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2578 | |
2579 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2580 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2581 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2582 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2583 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2584 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2585 | |
2586 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2587 | |
2588 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2589 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2590 run first. | |
2591 | |
2592 Key bindings: | |
2593 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2594 | |
2595 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2596 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2597 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2598 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2599 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2600 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2601 message. | |
2602 | |
2603 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2604 | |
2605 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2606 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2607 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2608 | |
2609 Key bindings: | |
2610 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2611 | |
2612 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2613 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2614 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2615 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2616 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2617 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2618 message. | |
2619 | |
2620 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2621 | |
2622 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2623 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2624 is run first. | |
2625 | |
2626 Key bindings: | |
2627 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2628 | |
2629 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2630 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2631 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2632 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2633 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2634 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2635 message. | |
2636 | |
2637 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2638 | |
2639 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2640 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2641 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2642 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2643 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2644 | |
2645 Key bindings: | |
2646 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2647 | |
2648 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2649 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2650 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2651 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2652 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2653 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2654 message. | |
2655 | |
2656 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2657 | |
2658 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2659 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2660 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2661 | |
2662 Key bindings: | |
2663 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2664 | |
2665 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2666 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2667 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2668 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2669 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2670 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2671 message. | |
2672 | |
2673 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2674 | |
2675 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2676 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2677 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2678 | |
2679 Key bindings: | |
2680 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2681 | |
2682 ;;;*** | |
2683 | |
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
39611 | 2685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15192 12241)) |
25876 | 2686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2687 | |
2688 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2689 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2690 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2691 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2692 for details of setting up styles. | |
2693 | |
2694 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2695 style name. |
2696 | |
2697 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2698 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2699 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2700 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2701 will be reassigned. | |
2702 | |
2703 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2704 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2705 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2706 |
2707 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2708 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2709 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2710 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2711 | |
2712 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2713 | |
2714 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2715 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2716 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2717 | |
2718 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2719 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2720 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2721 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2722 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2723 | |
2724 ;;;*** | |
2725 | |
39611 | 2726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15192 12241)) |
25876 | 2727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2728 | |
2729 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2730 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2731 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2732 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2733 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2734 | |
26899 | 2735 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2736 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2737 |
2738 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2739 `infodock'.") | |
2740 | |
2741 ;;;*** | |
2742 | |
2743 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2744 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
39611 | 2745 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 2746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2747 | |
2748 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
36538 | 2749 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil) |
25876 | 2750 |
2751 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2752 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2753 | |
2754 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2755 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2756 | |
2757 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2758 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2759 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2760 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2761 execution. | |
2762 | |
2763 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2764 | |
2765 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2766 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
31388 | 2767 |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2768 CCL-PROGRAM has this form: |
31388 | 2769 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION |
2770 CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2771 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) | |
2772 | |
2773 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate | |
2774 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data | |
2775 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and | |
2776 `write' commands. | |
2777 | |
2778 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2779 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command | |
2780 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If | |
2781 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. | |
2782 | |
2783 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines | |
2784 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the | |
2785 semantics. | |
2786 | |
2787 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2788 | |
2789 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2790 | |
2791 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2792 | |
2793 STATEMENT := | |
2794 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | |
2795 | TRANSLATE | END | |
2796 | |
2797 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | |
2798 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) | |
2799 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | |
2800 | integer | |
2801 | |
2802 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) | |
2803 | |
38398 | 2804 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute |
31388 | 2805 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. |
2806 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2807 | |
2808 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute | |
2809 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. | |
2810 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2811 | |
2812 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. | |
2813 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2814 | |
2815 ;; Terminate the most inner loop. | |
2816 BREAK := (break) | |
2817 | |
2818 REPEAT := | |
2819 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. | |
2820 (repeat) | |
2821 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) | |
2822 ;; (repeat)) | |
2823 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) | |
2824 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) | |
2825 ;; (read REG) | |
2826 ;; (repeat)) | |
2827 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) | |
2828 ;; Same as: ((write integer) | |
2829 ;; (read REG) | |
2830 ;; (repeat)) | |
2831 | (write-read-repeat REG integer) | |
2832 | |
2833 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 | |
2834 ;; to the next byte read, and so on. | |
2835 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2836 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2837 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | |
2838 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2839 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2840 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | |
2841 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2842 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing | |
2843 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of | |
2844 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the | |
2845 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2846 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code |
31388 | 2847 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. |
2848 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2849 | |
2850 WRITE := | |
2851 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is | |
2852 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2853 ;; representation. | |
2854 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2855 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) | |
2856 ;; (write r7)) | |
2857 | (write EXPRESSION) | |
2858 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it | |
2859 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2860 ;; representation. | |
2861 | (write integer) | |
2862 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output | |
2863 ;; buffer. | |
2864 | (write string) | |
2865 ;; Same as: (write string) | |
2866 | string | |
2867 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of | |
2868 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte | |
2869 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2870 ;; representation. | |
2871 | (write REG ARRAY) | |
2872 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose | |
2873 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the | |
2874 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2875 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 |
31388 | 2876 ;; is the second code point of the character. |
2877 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2878 | |
2879 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. | |
2880 CALL := (call ccl-program-name) | |
2881 | |
2882 ;; Terminate the CCL program. | |
2883 END := (end) | |
2884 | |
2885 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also | |
2886 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. | |
2887 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | |
2888 | |
2889 ARG := REG | integer | |
2890 | |
2891 OPERATOR := | |
2892 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). | |
2893 + | - | * | / | % | |
2894 | |
2895 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2896 | & | `|' | ^ | |
2897 | |
2898 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2899 | << | >> | |
2900 | |
2901 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: | |
2902 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | |
2903 | <8 | |
2904 | |
2905 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: | |
2906 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) | |
2907 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | |
2908 | >8 | |
2909 | |
2910 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: | |
2911 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) | |
2912 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | |
2913 | // | |
2914 | |
2915 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2916 | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | |
2917 | |
2918 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS | |
2919 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, | |
2920 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2921 ;; ((REG = CODE0) | |
2922 ;; (r7 = CODE1)) | |
2923 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the | |
2924 ;; second code point of CHAR. | |
2925 | de-sjis | |
2926 | |
2927 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of | |
2928 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding | |
2929 ;; Shift-JIS code, | |
2930 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2931 ;; ((REG = HIGH) | |
2932 ;; (r7 = LOW)) | |
2933 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower | |
2934 ;; byte of SJIS. | |
2935 | en-sjis | |
2936 | |
2937 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := | |
2938 ;; Same meaning as C code | |
2939 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | |
2940 | |
2941 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2942 ;; ((REG <<= 8) | |
2943 ;; (REG |= ARG)) | |
2944 | <8= | |
2945 | |
2946 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2947 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) | |
2948 ;; (REG >>= 8)) | |
2949 | |
2950 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: | |
2951 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) | |
2952 ;; (REG /= ARG)) | |
2953 | //= | |
2954 | |
2955 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' | |
2956 | |
2957 | |
2958 TRANSLATE := | |
2959 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
2960 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
36101 | 2961 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'. |
31388 | 2962 MAP := |
2963 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | |
2964 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | |
2965 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) | |
2966 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... | |
2967 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET | |
2968 MAP-ID := integer | |
2969 " nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 2970 |
2971 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2972 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2973 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2974 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2975 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2976 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2977 | |
2978 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2979 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
31388 | 2980 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. |
2981 | |
2982 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil) | |
25876 | 2983 |
2984 ;;;*** | |
2985 | |
2986 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2987 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2988 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2989 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2990 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
37617 | 2991 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer |
25876 | 2992 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive |
2993 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
39611 | 2994 ;;;;;; (15271 8858)) |
25876 | 2995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2996 | |
2997 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2998 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2999 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
3000 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
3001 | |
3002 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3003 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
3004 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
3005 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
3006 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
3007 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
3008 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
3009 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
3010 | |
3011 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3012 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
3013 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
3014 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
3015 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
3016 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
3017 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
3018 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
3019 | |
3020 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3021 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
3022 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
3023 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
3024 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
3025 | |
3026 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3027 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
3028 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
3029 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
3030 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
3031 | |
3032 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3033 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
3034 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
3035 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
3036 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
3037 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
3038 | |
3039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3040 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
3041 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
3042 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
3043 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
3044 | |
37617 | 3045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\ |
3046 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file. | |
3047 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
3048 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
3049 if there is one." t nil) | |
3050 | |
25876 | 3051 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ |
3052 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
3053 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
3054 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
3055 if there is one. | |
3056 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
3057 | |
3058 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3059 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
3060 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
3061 | |
3062 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3063 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
3064 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
3065 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
3066 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
3067 | |
3068 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3069 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
3070 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
3071 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
3072 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
3073 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
3074 | |
3075 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3076 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
3077 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3078 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
3079 | |
3080 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3081 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
3082 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3083 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
3084 | |
3085 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3086 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
3087 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
3089 | |
3090 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3091 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
3092 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3093 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
3094 | |
3095 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3096 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
3097 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3098 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
3099 | |
3100 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3101 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
3102 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3103 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
3104 | |
3105 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3106 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
3107 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3108 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
3109 | |
3110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3111 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
3112 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
3114 | |
3115 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3116 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
3117 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3118 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
3119 | |
3120 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3121 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
3122 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
3123 | |
3124 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
34166 | 3125 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include |
25876 | 3126 checking of documentation strings. |
3127 | |
34166 | 3128 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil) |
25876 | 3129 |
3130 ;;;*** | |
3131 | |
3132 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
39611 | 3133 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15192 |
3134 ;;;;;; 12234)) | |
25876 | 3135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
3136 | |
3137 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3138 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
3139 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
3140 | |
3141 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3142 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
3143 | |
3144 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3145 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
3146 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
3147 | |
3148 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3149 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
3150 | |
3151 ;;;*** | |
3152 | |
27321 | 3153 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
39611 | 3154 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 34675)) |
25876 | 3155 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
3156 | |
3157 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
3158 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
3159 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
3160 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
3161 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
3162 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
3163 | |
3164 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
3165 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
3166 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
3167 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
3168 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
3169 | |
3170 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
3171 | |
27321 | 3172 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
3173 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3174 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
3175 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
3176 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
3177 | |
3178 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
3179 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
3180 \\{command-history-map} | |
27321 | 3181 |
3182 This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
3183 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 3184 |
3185 ;;;*** | |
3186 | |
39732 | 3187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15295 53549)) |
25876 | 3188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
3189 | |
3190 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
3191 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
3192 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
3193 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
3194 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
3195 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
3196 | |
3197 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
3198 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
3199 | |
3200 ;;;*** | |
3201 | |
3202 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
39611 | 3203 ;;;;;; (15226 33281)) |
25876 | 3204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
3205 | |
3206 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
3207 | |
3208 ;;;*** | |
3209 | |
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
39611 | 3211 ;;;;;; (15251 43415)) |
25876 | 3212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
3213 | |
3214 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
3215 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
3216 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
3217 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
3218 | |
3219 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
3220 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
3221 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
3222 | |
3223 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
3224 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
3225 | |
3226 ;;;*** | |
3227 | |
39611 | 3228 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15192 |
3229 ;;;;;; 12207)) | |
25876 | 3230 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
3231 | |
3232 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
3233 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
3234 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
3235 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
34166 | 3236 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 3237 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). |
3238 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
3239 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
3240 | |
3241 ;;;*** | |
3242 | |
3243 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
3244 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
39611 | 3245 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
3247 | |
3248 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3249 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
3250 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
3251 ASCII table. | |
3252 | |
3253 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
3254 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
3255 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
3256 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
3257 | |
3258 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3259 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
3260 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3261 | |
3262 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3263 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
3264 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3265 | |
3266 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3267 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
3268 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3269 | |
3270 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
3271 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
3272 | |
3273 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
3274 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
3275 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
3276 | |
3277 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
3278 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
3279 | |
3280 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
3281 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
3282 | |
3283 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
3284 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
3285 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
3286 | |
3287 ;;;*** | |
3288 | |
26724 | 3289 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
3290 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
33002 | 3291 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el" |
39732 | 3292 ;;;;;; (15298 53573)) |
25876 | 3293 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
3294 | |
33002 | 3295 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\ |
3296 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. | |
3297 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. | |
3298 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
3299 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
3300 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
3301 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
3302 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
3303 | |
3304 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
3305 | |
25876 | 3306 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ |
3307 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
3308 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
3309 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
3310 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
3311 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
3312 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
3313 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
3314 | |
3315 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
3316 | |
3317 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
3318 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
3319 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
3320 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
3321 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
3322 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
3323 | |
26724 | 3324 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
3325 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
3326 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
3327 | |
3328 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
3329 | |
3330 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
3331 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
3332 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
3333 | |
3334 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
3335 | |
3336 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
33002 | 3337 Send COMMAND to current process. |
26724 | 3338 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
26899 | 3339 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 3340 |
3341 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
33002 | 3342 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. |
26724 | 3343 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
26899 | 3344 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 3345 |
25876 | 3346 ;;;*** |
3347 | |
39611 | 3348 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15192 |
3349 ;;;;;; 12207)) | |
25876 | 3350 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
3351 | |
3352 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
3353 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
3354 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
3355 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
3356 | |
3357 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
3358 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
3359 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
3360 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
3361 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
3362 | |
3363 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
3364 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
3365 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
3366 | |
3367 ;;;*** | |
3368 | |
3369 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
3370 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
3371 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
39611 | 3372 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15293 44864)) |
25876 | 3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
3374 | |
3375 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
3376 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
3377 | |
3378 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
3379 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
3380 | |
3381 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
3382 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
3383 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
3384 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
3385 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
3386 | |
3387 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
3388 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
3389 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
3390 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
3391 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
3392 | |
3393 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
3394 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3395 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
3396 describing how the process finished.") | |
3397 | |
3398 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
3399 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3400 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
3401 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
3402 | |
3403 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 3404 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 3405 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
3406 | |
3407 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
3408 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
3409 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
3410 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
3411 | |
3412 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
3413 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
3414 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
3415 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
3416 | |
3417 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
3418 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
3419 | |
3420 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
3421 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
3422 | |
3423 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
3424 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
3425 Then start the next one. | |
3426 | |
3427 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
3428 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
3429 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
3430 | |
3431 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
3432 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
3433 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
3434 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
3435 where grep found matches. | |
3436 | |
31388 | 3437 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can |
25876 | 3438 easily repeat a grep command. |
3439 | |
3440 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
3441 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
3442 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
3443 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
3444 | |
3445 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 3446 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
3447 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3448 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
3449 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
3450 | |
3451 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
3452 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
3453 | |
3454 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3455 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
3456 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
3457 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
3458 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
3459 | |
3460 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
3461 | |
3462 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3463 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
3464 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3465 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3466 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3467 | |
3468 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3469 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
3470 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3471 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3472 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3473 | |
3474 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
3475 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
3476 | |
3477 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
3478 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
3479 | |
31388 | 3480 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move; |
25876 | 3481 negative means move back to previous error messages. |
31388 | 3482 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer |
25876 | 3483 and start at the first error. |
3484 | |
3485 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
3486 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
3487 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
3488 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
3489 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
3490 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
3491 | |
3492 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
3493 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
3494 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
3495 | |
3496 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
3497 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
3498 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
3499 | |
3500 ;;;*** | |
3501 | |
32115 | 3502 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" |
39611 | 3503 ;;;;;; (15192 12207)) |
25876 | 3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
3505 | |
29505 | 3506 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ |
36101 | 3507 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled. |
33357 | 3508 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 3509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3510 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.") | |
29505 | 3511 |
3512 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3513 | |
3514 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete)) | |
3515 | |
25876 | 3516 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ |
3517 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
3518 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
3519 | |
3520 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
3521 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
3522 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
32115 | 3523 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. |
25876 | 3524 |
3525 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
3526 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
3527 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
3528 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
3529 | |
36101 | 3530 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted |
25876 | 3531 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, |
36101 | 3532 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'. |
25876 | 3533 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) |
3534 | |
3535 ;;;*** | |
3536 | |
3537 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
39611 | 3538 ;;;;;; (15192 12207)) |
25876 | 3539 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
3540 | |
3541 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
3542 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
3543 | |
3544 ;;;*** | |
3545 | |
26899 | 3546 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
3547 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
3548 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
39611 | 3549 ;;;;;; (15192 12207)) |
26899 | 3550 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
3551 | |
3552 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
3553 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
3554 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
3555 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
3556 `make-composition'. | |
3557 | |
3558 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
3559 | |
3560 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
3561 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
3562 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
3563 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
3564 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
3565 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
3566 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
3567 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
3568 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
3569 | |
3570 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
3571 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
3572 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
3573 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
3574 be added. | |
3575 | |
3576 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
37246 | 3577 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as |
26899 | 3578 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): |
3579 | |
3580 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
3581 | | | | |
3582 | global| | | |
3583 | glyph | | | |
3584 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
3585 +----+--*--+ | |
3586 | | new | | |
3587 | |glyph| | |
3588 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
3589 ") | |
3590 | |
3591 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3592 Compose characters in the current region. | |
3593 | |
3594 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
3595 | |
3596 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
3597 specifying the region. | |
3598 | |
3599 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3600 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
3601 | |
3602 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
3603 of the text in the region. | |
3604 | |
3605 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
3606 | |
3607 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
3608 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
3609 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
3610 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
3611 | |
3612 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
3613 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
3614 detail. | |
3615 | |
3616 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3617 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3618 text in the composition." t nil) | |
3619 | |
3620 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3621 Decompose text in the current region. | |
3622 | |
3623 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3624 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
3625 | |
3626 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3627 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
3628 | |
3629 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
3630 the characters in it. | |
3631 | |
3632 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
3633 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
3634 STRING respectively. | |
3635 | |
3636 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3637 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
3638 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
3639 | |
3640 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3641 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3642 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
3643 | |
3644 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3645 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
3646 | |
3647 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3648 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
3649 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
3650 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
3651 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
3652 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
3653 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
3654 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
3655 | |
3656 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
3657 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
3658 | |
3659 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
3660 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
3661 | |
3662 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
3663 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
3664 | |
3665 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
3666 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
3667 | |
3668 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
3669 | |
3670 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
3671 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
3672 | |
3673 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
3674 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
3675 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
3676 | |
3677 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
3678 | |
3679 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
3680 | |
3681 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
3682 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
3683 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
3684 | |
3685 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
3686 | |
3687 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
30565 | 3688 |
26899 | 3689 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ |
3690 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
3691 | |
3692 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
3693 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
3694 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
3695 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
3696 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
3697 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
3698 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
3699 nil. | |
3700 | |
3701 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
3702 is: | |
3703 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
3704 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
3705 | |
3706 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
3707 | |
33357 | 3708 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the |
3709 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string. | |
3710 | |
26899 | 3711 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) |
3712 | |
3713 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3714 Compose last characters. | |
35196 | 3715 The argument is a parameterized event of the form |
3716 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS), | |
3717 where N is the number of characters before point to compose, | |
3718 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region' | |
3719 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called, | |
3720 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters. | |
26899 | 3721 This function is intended to be used from input methods. |
3722 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
35196 | 3723 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS) |
26899 | 3724 after a sequence character events." t nil) |
3725 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
3726 | |
3727 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
3728 Convert CHAR to string. | |
3729 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
3730 | |
3731 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
3732 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3733 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3734 | |
3735 ;;;*** | |
3736 | |
25876 | 3737 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
31388 | 3738 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775)) |
25876 | 3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3740 | |
3741 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
3742 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
3743 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3744 | |
3745 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
3746 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
3747 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3748 | |
3749 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3750 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3751 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3752 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3753 | |
3754 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
3755 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
3756 | |
3757 ;;;*** | |
3758 | |
3759 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
39611 | 3760 ;;;;;; (15192 12222)) |
25876 | 3761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3762 | |
3763 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
3764 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
3765 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3766 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3767 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3768 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3769 | |
3770 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3771 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3772 | |
3773 ;;;*** | |
3774 | |
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
39611 | 3776 ;;;;;; (15192 12241)) |
25876 | 3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3778 | |
3779 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3780 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3781 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3782 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3783 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3784 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3785 | |
3786 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3787 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3788 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3789 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3790 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3791 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3792 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3793 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3794 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3795 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3796 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3797 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3798 | |
3799 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3800 | |
33002 | 3801 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, |
25876 | 3802 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. |
3803 | |
3804 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3805 | |
3806 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3807 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3808 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3809 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3810 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3811 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3812 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3813 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
33002 | 3814 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). |
25876 | 3815 |
3816 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3817 | |
3818 bite if angry; | |
3819 | |
3820 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3821 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3822 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3823 to nil.) | |
3824 | |
3825 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3826 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3827 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3828 | |
3829 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3830 | |
3831 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3832 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
33002 | 3833 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual |
3834 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
25876 | 3835 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. |
3836 | |
3837 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3838 | |
3839 if (A) { B } | |
3840 | |
3841 into | |
3842 | |
3843 B if A; | |
3844 | |
3845 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3846 | |
3847 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3848 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3849 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3850 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3851 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3852 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3853 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3854 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3855 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3856 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3857 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3858 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3859 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3860 | |
3861 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3862 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3863 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3864 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
33002 | 3865 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' |
25876 | 3866 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). |
3867 | |
3868 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3869 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3870 man via menu. | |
3871 | |
3872 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3873 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3874 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3875 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3876 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3877 | |
3878 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3879 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3880 span the needed amount of lines. | |
3881 | |
3882 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3883 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3884 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3885 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3886 | |
3887 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3888 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3889 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3890 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3891 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3892 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3893 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3894 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3895 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3896 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
33002 | 3897 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and |
3898 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
25876 | 3899 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' |
3900 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3901 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3902 `cperl-indent-level' | |
3903 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3904 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3905 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3906 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3907 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3908 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3909 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3910 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3911 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3912 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3913 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3914 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3915 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3916 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3917 `cperl-label-offset' | |
3918 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3919 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3920 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3921 | |
3922 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3923 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3924 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3925 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3926 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3927 | |
3928 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3929 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3930 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3931 \(both available from menu). | |
3932 | |
3933 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
33002 | 3934 column 0 is indented on |
25876 | 3935 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. |
3936 | |
3937 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3938 with no args. | |
3939 | |
3940 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3941 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3942 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3943 | |
3944 ;;;*** | |
3945 | |
3946 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
39611 | 3947 ;;;;;; (15192 12242)) |
25876 | 3948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
3949 | |
3950 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3951 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3952 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3953 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3954 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3955 | |
3956 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3957 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3958 | |
3959 ;;;*** | |
3960 | |
3961 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
29505 | 3962 ;;;;;; (14634 20465)) |
25876 | 3963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3964 | |
3965 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3966 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3967 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3968 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3969 | |
3970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3971 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3972 | |
3973 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3974 | |
3975 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3976 | |
3977 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
29505 | 3978 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. |
25876 | 3979 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) |
3980 | |
29505 | 3981 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) |
3982 | |
25876 | 3983 ;;;*** |
3984 | |
28710 | 3985 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" |
36101 | 3986 ;;;;;; (14600 36409)) |
28710 | 3987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el |
3988 | |
3989 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | |
3990 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | |
3991 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | |
3992 single prompt, optionally using completion. | |
3993 | |
3994 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | |
3995 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | |
3996 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | |
3997 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | |
3998 | |
3999 The default value for the separator character is the value of | |
4000 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | |
4001 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | |
4002 | |
4003 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as | |
4004 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', | |
4005 'bob', and 'eve'. | |
4006 | |
4007 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | |
4008 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | |
4009 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | |
4010 | |
4011 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | |
4012 | |
4013 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | |
4014 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | |
4015 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil) | |
4016 | |
4017 ;;;*** | |
4018 | |
25876 | 4019 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all |
4020 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
4021 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
4022 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
4023 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
4024 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
4025 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
4026 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
39611 | 4027 ;;;;;; (15293 43517)) |
25876 | 4028 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
4029 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
4030 | |
4031 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4032 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
4033 | |
4034 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4035 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4036 | |
4037 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4038 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4039 | |
4040 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4041 |
4042 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4043 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
4044 | |
4045 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
4046 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
4047 | |
4048 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
4049 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
4050 | |
4051 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4052 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4053 | |
4054 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4055 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4056 | |
4057 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4058 |
4059 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4060 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
4061 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
4062 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
4063 | |
4064 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
4065 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
4066 | |
4067 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4068 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4069 | |
4070 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4071 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4072 | |
4073 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4074 |
4075 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4076 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
4077 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
4078 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
4079 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
4080 | |
4081 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4082 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
4083 | |
4084 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4085 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
4086 | |
4087 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
4088 | |
4089 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4090 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
4091 | |
4092 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4093 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
4094 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
4095 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
4096 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
4097 | |
4098 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
4099 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
4100 version." t nil) | |
4101 | |
4102 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
4103 | |
4104 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4105 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
4106 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
4107 | |
4108 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4109 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
4110 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
4111 | |
4112 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
28162 | 4113 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil) |
25876 | 4114 |
4115 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4116 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
4117 | |
4118 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4119 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
4120 | |
4121 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4122 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
4123 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
4124 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
4125 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
4126 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
4127 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
4128 | |
4129 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4130 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
4131 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
4132 | |
4133 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4134 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
4135 | |
4136 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4137 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
4138 | |
4139 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4140 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
4141 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
4142 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
4143 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
4144 that option." nil nil) | |
4145 | |
4146 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4147 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
4148 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
4149 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
4150 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
4151 that option." nil nil) | |
4152 | |
4153 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4154 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
4155 | |
4156 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
4157 File used for storing customization information. | |
4158 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
4159 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 4160 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
4161 | |
4162 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
4163 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
4164 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
4165 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 4166 |
4167 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4168 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
4169 | |
4170 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4171 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
4172 | |
4173 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4174 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
4175 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4176 | |
4177 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4178 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 4179 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 4180 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
4181 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4182 | |
4183 ;;;*** | |
4184 | |
4185 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
39611 | 4186 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15293 43517)) |
25876 | 4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
4188 | |
4189 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
4190 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
4191 | |
4192 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
4193 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
4194 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
4195 | |
25998 | 4196 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 4197 |
4198 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
4199 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 4200 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 4201 |
4202 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
4203 | |
4204 ;;;*** | |
4205 | |
28288 | 4206 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" |
39611 | 4207 ;;;;;; (14910 483)) |
28162 | 4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el |
4209 | |
4210 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | |
28288 | 4211 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil) |
28162 | 4212 |
4213 ;;;*** | |
4214 | |
26963 | 4215 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
39611 | 4216 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15192 12242)) |
26963 | 4217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el |
4218 | |
4219 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
31388 | 4220 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. |
26963 | 4221 |
4222 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
4223 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
4224 C++ modes are included. | |
4225 | |
4226 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
4227 | |
4228 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
4229 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
4230 | |
4231 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
4232 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
4233 | |
4234 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
4235 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
4236 | |
4237 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
4238 | |
4239 ;;;*** | |
4240 | |
25876 | 4241 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
28919 | 4242 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" |
39611 | 4243 ;;;;;; (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 4244 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
4245 | |
4246 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4247 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
4248 | |
4249 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4250 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
4251 | |
4252 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4253 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
4254 For readability, the table is slightly | |
4255 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
4256 | |
4257 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
4258 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
4259 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
4260 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
4261 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
4262 | |
4263 ;;;*** | |
4264 | |
4265 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
39611 | 4266 ;;;;;; (15155 16524)) |
25876 | 4267 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
4268 | |
4269 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
4270 | |
4271 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
4272 | |
4273 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
4274 Completion on current word. | |
4275 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
4276 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
4277 | |
4278 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
4279 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
4280 completions. | |
4281 | |
4282 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
4283 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
4284 | |
4285 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
4286 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
4287 | |
4288 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
4289 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
4290 | |
4291 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
4292 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
4293 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
4294 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
4295 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
4296 | |
4297 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
4298 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
4299 | |
4300 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
4301 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
4302 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
4303 | |
4304 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
4305 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
4306 | |
4307 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
4308 | |
4309 ;;;*** | |
4310 | |
39611 | 4311 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15054 |
4312 ;;;;;; 32604)) | |
25876 | 4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
4314 | |
4315 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
4316 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
4317 | |
4318 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
4319 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
4320 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
4321 | |
4322 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
4323 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
4324 Data lines are not indented. | |
4325 | |
4326 Key bindings: | |
4327 | |
4328 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
4329 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
4330 | |
4331 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
4332 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
4333 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
4334 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
4335 | |
4336 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
4337 | |
4338 dcl-basic-offset | |
4339 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
4340 | |
4341 dcl-continuation-offset | |
4342 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
4343 | |
4344 dcl-margin-offset | |
4345 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
4346 | |
4347 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
4348 Indentation for a label. | |
4349 | |
4350 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
4351 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
4352 | |
4353 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
4354 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4355 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
4356 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
4357 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
4358 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
4359 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
4360 | |
4361 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
4362 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
4363 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
4364 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
4365 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
4366 | |
4367 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
4368 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
4369 One such function is included in the package: | |
4370 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
4371 | |
4372 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
4373 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
4374 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
4375 margin. | |
4376 | |
4377 dcl-electric-characters | |
4378 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
4379 typed. | |
4380 | |
4381 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
4382 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
4383 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
4384 | |
4385 dcl-tempo-comma | |
4386 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
4387 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
4388 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
4389 | |
4390 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
4391 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
4392 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
4393 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
4394 | |
4395 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
4396 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
4397 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
4398 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
4399 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
4400 | |
4401 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
4402 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4403 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
4404 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4405 | |
4406 | |
4407 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
4408 | |
4409 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
4410 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
4411 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
4412 $ i = 1 | |
4413 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
4414 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
4415 $ label: | |
4416 $ if i.eq.1 | |
4417 $ then | |
4418 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
4419 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4420 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
4421 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4422 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
4423 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
4424 $ type sys$input | |
4425 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
4426 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4427 $ endif | |
4428 $ | |
4429 " t nil) | |
4430 | |
4431 ;;;*** | |
4432 | |
4433 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
31388 | 4434 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852)) |
25876 | 4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
4436 | |
4437 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
4438 | |
4439 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
4440 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
4441 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
4442 of the evaluator. | |
4443 | |
4444 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
4445 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
4446 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
4447 | |
4448 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4449 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
4450 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
4451 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
4452 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
4453 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
4454 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
4455 | |
4456 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4457 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
4458 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
4459 | |
4460 ;;;*** | |
4461 | |
4462 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
39611 | 4463 ;;;;;; (15192 12238)) |
25876 | 4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
4465 | |
4466 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
4467 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
4468 | |
4469 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
4470 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
4471 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
4472 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
4473 | |
4474 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
4475 modify it. | |
4476 | |
4477 The most useful commands are: | |
4478 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
4479 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
4480 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
4481 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
4482 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
4483 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
4484 | |
4485 ;;;*** | |
4486 | |
33002 | 4487 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region |
39611 | 4488 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15192 |
4489 ;;;;;; 12208)) | |
25998 | 4490 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
4491 | |
33002 | 4492 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\ |
4493 Customization of `columns' group." t nil) | |
4494 | |
25998 | 4495 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ |
4496 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
4497 | |
4498 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
4499 | |
4500 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
4501 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
4502 | |
4503 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
4504 | |
4505 ;;;*** | |
4506 | |
39611 | 4507 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15192 |
4508 ;;;;;; 12242)) | |
25998 | 4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
4510 | |
4511 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
4512 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
4513 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
4514 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
4515 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
4516 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
4517 | |
4518 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
4519 | |
4520 Customization: | |
4521 | |
4522 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
4523 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
4524 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
4525 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
4526 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
4527 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
4528 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
4529 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
4530 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
4531 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
4532 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
4533 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
4534 blank line. | |
4535 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
4536 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
4537 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
4538 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
4539 | |
4540 Coloring: | |
4541 | |
4542 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
4543 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
4544 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
4545 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
4546 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
4547 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
4548 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
4549 Face used to color everything else. | |
4550 | |
4551 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
4552 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
4553 | |
4554 ;;;*** | |
4555 | |
39611 | 4556 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15209 |
4557 ;;;;;; 13374)) | |
25876 | 4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
4559 | |
4560 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
4561 | |
32115 | 4562 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ |
39050 | 4563 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled. |
33357 | 4564 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 4565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
4566 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
4567 | |
4568 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4569 | |
4570 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
4571 | |
25876 | 4572 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ |
4573 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
4574 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
4575 positive. | |
4576 | |
4577 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
4578 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
4579 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
4580 any selection." t nil) | |
4581 | |
4582 ;;;*** | |
4583 | |
34166 | 4584 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) |
39611 | 4585 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15293 42332)) |
25876 | 4586 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
4587 | |
34166 | 4588 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ |
4589 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
4590 | |
4591 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
4592 | |
4593 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
39590 | 4594 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode') |
4595 or nil if there is no parent. | |
34166 | 4596 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") |
4597 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
4598 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
4599 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
4600 hooks for the new mode. | |
4601 | |
4602 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
4603 | |
4604 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
4605 | |
4606 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
4607 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
4608 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
4609 | |
4610 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | |
4611 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
4612 | |
4613 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
4614 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
4615 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
4616 | |
4617 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
4618 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
4619 | |
25876 | 4620 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ |
26724 | 4621 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 4622 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
4623 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
4624 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
4625 | |
4626 ;;;*** | |
4627 | |
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
39611 | 4629 ;;;;;; (15225 9712)) |
25876 | 4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
4631 | |
4632 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
4633 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
4634 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
4635 | |
4636 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
4637 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
4638 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
4639 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
4640 | |
4641 ;;;*** | |
4642 | |
4643 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
4644 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
4645 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
4646 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
4647 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
4648 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
28919 | 4649 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" |
39611 | 4650 ;;;;;; (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 4651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
4652 | |
4653 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4654 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
4655 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4656 |
4657 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4658 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
4659 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4660 |
4661 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4662 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
4663 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4664 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4665 |
4666 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4667 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
4668 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4669 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4670 |
4671 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4672 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
25876 | 4673 |
4674 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4675 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
25876 | 4676 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
4677 | |
4678 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4679 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
25876 | 4680 |
4681 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4682 | |
4683 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4684 | |
4685 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4686 | |
4687 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4688 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
4689 | |
4690 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4691 | |
4692 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4693 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
4694 | |
4695 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4696 | |
4697 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4698 | |
4699 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4700 | |
4701 ;;;*** | |
4702 | |
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
39732 | 4704 ;;;;;; (15293 58088)) |
25876 | 4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
4706 | |
4707 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4708 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
4709 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
4710 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
4711 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
4712 | |
4713 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4714 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
4715 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
4716 | |
4717 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
4718 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
4719 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
4720 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
4721 | |
4722 #!/bin/sh | |
4723 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
4724 emacs -batch \\ | |
4725 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
4726 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
4727 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
39732 | 4728 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries |
25876 | 4729 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow |
4730 | |
4731 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
4732 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
4733 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
4734 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
4735 | |
4736 ;;;*** | |
4737 | |
4738 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
39611 | 4739 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15223 37888)) |
25876 | 4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
4741 | |
4742 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
4743 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
4744 | |
4745 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
4746 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
4747 | |
4748 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
4749 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
4750 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
4751 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
4752 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
4753 | |
4754 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
4755 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4756 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4757 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4758 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
4759 | |
4760 ;;;*** | |
4761 | |
26899 | 4762 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
39437 | 4763 ;;;;;; (15279 8859)) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4765 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4766 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 4767 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
39437 | 4768 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) |
4769 normal diffs. | |
4770 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4771 |
26899 | 4772 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4773 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4774 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4775 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4776 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4777 |
25876 | 4778 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4779 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4780 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4781 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
39437 | 4782 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15279 8859)) |
25876 | 4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4784 | |
4785 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4786 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4787 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4788 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
4789 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
4790 | |
4791 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4792 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4793 | |
4794 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4795 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4796 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4797 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4798 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4799 | |
4800 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4801 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4802 | |
4803 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4804 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4805 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4806 always set this variable to t.") | |
4807 | |
4808 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4809 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4810 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4811 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4812 | |
4813 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4814 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4815 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4816 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4817 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4818 | |
4819 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4820 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4821 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4822 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4823 | |
4824 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4825 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4826 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4827 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4828 | |
4829 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4830 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4831 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4832 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4833 | |
4834 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4835 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4836 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4837 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4838 | |
4839 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4840 | |
4841 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4842 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4843 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4844 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4845 | |
4846 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4847 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4848 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4849 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4850 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4851 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4852 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4853 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4854 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4855 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4856 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4857 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4858 | |
4859 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4860 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4861 | |
4862 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4863 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4864 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4865 | |
4866 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4867 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4868 | |
4869 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4870 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4871 | |
4872 ;;;*** | |
4873 | |
30565 | 4874 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp |
4875 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down | |
4876 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | |
28939 | 4877 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir |
4878 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
26899 | 4879 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename |
4880 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4881 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4882 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4883 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4884 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4885 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
39437 | 4886 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15279 8859)) |
25876 | 4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4888 | |
4889 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4890 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
37617 | 4891 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by |
4892 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.) | |
25876 | 4893 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. |
4894 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4895 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4896 | |
4897 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4898 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4899 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4900 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4901 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4902 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4903 | |
4904 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4905 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4906 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4907 | |
4908 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4909 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4910 | |
4911 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4912 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4913 | |
4914 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4915 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4916 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4917 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4918 | |
4919 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4920 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4921 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4922 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4923 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4924 | |
4925 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4926 | |
4927 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4928 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4929 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4930 | |
26899 | 4931 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4932 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
37203 | 4933 instead of at the end of the command. |
26899 | 4934 |
25876 | 4935 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4936 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4937 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4938 | |
4939 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 4940 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4941 | |
4942 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4943 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 4944 |
4945 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4946 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4947 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4948 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4949 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4950 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4951 | |
4952 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4953 | |
4954 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4955 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4956 | |
4957 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4958 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4959 | |
4960 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4961 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4962 | |
4963 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4964 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4965 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4966 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4967 | |
4968 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4969 | |
4970 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4971 | |
4972 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4973 | |
4974 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4975 | |
4976 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4977 | |
4978 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4979 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4980 | |
4981 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4982 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4983 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4984 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4985 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4986 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
37617 | 4987 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
4988 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
4989 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 4990 |
4991 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4992 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4993 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4994 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4995 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
37617 | 4996 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
4997 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
4998 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 4999 |
5000 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5001 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5002 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
5003 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
5004 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
37617 | 5005 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
5006 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
5007 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5008 |
5009 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5010 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5011 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
37617 | 5012 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory. |
5013 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value | |
5014 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5015 |
5016 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5017 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
5018 | |
5019 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG | |
5020 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current | |
5021 file if none are marked. | |
5022 | |
25876 | 5023 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying |
5024 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
5025 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
5026 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
5027 | |
5028 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
5029 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
5030 | |
5031 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5032 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5033 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5034 | |
5035 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5036 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5037 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5038 | |
5039 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5040 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5041 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5042 | |
5043 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5044 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
5045 | |
5046 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5047 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
5048 | |
5049 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5050 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
5051 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
5052 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
5053 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
5054 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
5055 this subdirectory. | |
5056 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
5057 | |
26899 | 5058 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
5059 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
5060 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
5061 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
5062 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
5063 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
5064 this subdirectory. | |
5065 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
5066 | |
25876 | 5067 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
5068 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
5069 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
5070 | |
5071 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5072 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
5073 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
5074 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
5075 | |
5076 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5077 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
5078 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
5079 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
5080 | |
5081 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5082 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
5083 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
5084 | |
5085 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5086 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
5087 | |
5088 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5089 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
5090 | |
5091 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5092 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
5093 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
5094 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
5095 | |
5096 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5097 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
5098 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
5099 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
5100 | |
5101 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5102 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
5103 Stops when a match is found. | |
5104 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
5105 | |
28939 | 5106 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
25876 | 5107 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. |
5108 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
5109 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
5110 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
5111 | |
30565 | 5112 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ |
5113 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. | |
5114 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is | |
5115 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil) | |
5116 | |
25876 | 5117 ;;;*** |
5118 | |
39611 | 5119 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15246 17699)) |
25876 | 5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
5121 | |
5122 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
5123 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
5124 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
5125 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
5126 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
5127 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
5128 | |
5129 ;;;*** | |
5130 | |
39611 | 5131 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15054 32525)) |
25876 | 5132 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
5133 | |
5134 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
5135 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
5136 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
5137 | |
5138 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
5139 | |
5140 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
5141 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
5142 | |
5143 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
5144 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
5145 " nil nil) | |
5146 | |
5147 ;;;*** | |
5148 | |
5149 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 5150 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 5151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
5152 | |
5153 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
5154 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
5155 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
5156 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
5157 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
5158 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
5159 | |
5160 ;;;*** | |
5161 | |
5162 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
5163 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
5164 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
5165 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
39611 | 5166 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15192 12208)) |
25876 | 5167 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
5168 | |
5169 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5170 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
5171 | |
5172 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
5173 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
5174 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
5175 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
5176 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
5177 | |
5178 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
5179 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
5180 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
5181 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
5182 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
5183 | |
5184 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5185 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
5186 | |
5187 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5188 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
5189 | |
5190 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
5191 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
5192 | |
5193 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
5194 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
5195 | |
5196 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
5197 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
5198 | |
5199 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
5200 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
5201 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
5202 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
5203 | |
5204 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
5205 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
5206 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
5207 X frame." nil nil) | |
5208 | |
5209 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
5210 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
5211 | |
30565 | 5212 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ |
5213 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil) | |
25876 | 5214 |
5215 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
5216 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
5217 | |
5218 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
5219 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
5220 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
5221 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
5222 | |
5223 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
5224 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
5225 European character display. | |
5226 | |
5227 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
5228 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
5229 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
5230 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
5231 | |
5232 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
5233 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
5234 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
5235 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 5236 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 5237 |
5238 ;;;*** | |
5239 | |
5240 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
39611 | 5241 ;;;;;; (15192 12238)) |
25876 | 5242 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
5243 | |
5244 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
5245 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
5246 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
5247 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
5248 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
5249 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
5250 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
5251 Default is 2." t nil) | |
5252 | |
5253 ;;;*** | |
5254 | |
39611 | 5255 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15192 12238)) |
25876 | 5256 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
5257 | |
5258 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
5259 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
5260 | |
5261 ;;;*** | |
5262 | |
25998 | 5263 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
39611 | 5264 ;;;;;; (15192 12208)) |
25876 | 5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
5266 | |
25998 | 5267 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
5268 Toggle Double mode. | |
5269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
5270 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
5271 | |
5272 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
5273 | |
5274 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
5275 | |
25876 | 5276 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
5277 Toggle Double mode. | |
5278 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
5279 | |
5280 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
5281 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
5282 | |
5283 ;;;*** | |
5284 | |
39611 | 5285 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15192 12238)) |
25876 | 5286 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
5287 | |
5288 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
5289 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
5290 | |
5291 ;;;*** | |
5292 | |
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
39611 | 5294 ;;;;;; (15232 65306)) |
25876 | 5295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
5296 | |
5297 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
5298 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
5299 | |
5300 ;;;*** | |
5301 | |
34166 | 5302 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap |
5303 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" | |
39611 | 5304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15223 37895)) |
25876 | 5305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
5306 | |
26724 | 5307 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
5308 | |
5309 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 5310 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
29505 | 5311 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, |
33357 | 5312 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. |
25876 | 5313 |
5314 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 5315 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
29505 | 5316 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. |
25876 | 5317 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. |
29505 | 5318 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' |
33357 | 5319 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use |
5320 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument. | |
5321 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are | |
5322 used (see below). | |
5323 | |
26724 | 5324 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
29505 | 5325 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. |
5326 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments. | |
33357 | 5327 The following keyword arguments are supported: |
5328 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'. | |
5329 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be | |
5330 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local. | |
5331 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument. | |
5332 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro)) | |
29505 | 5333 |
5334 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
33357 | 5335 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE. |
29505 | 5336 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer |
5337 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. | |
5338 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: | |
5339 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 5340 |
32115 | 5341 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\ |
5342 Return a keymap built from bindings BS. | |
5343 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where | |
5344 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. | |
5345 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. | |
5346 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. | |
34166 | 5347 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
32115 | 5348 |
28162 | 5349 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) |
5350 | |
33002 | 5351 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\ |
5352 Define variable ST as a syntax-table. | |
37617 | 5353 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro)) |
28162 | 5354 |
25876 | 5355 ;;;*** |
5356 | |
5357 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
39611 | 5358 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15192 |
5359 ;;;;;; 12223)) | |
25876 | 5360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
5361 | |
35196 | 5362 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun)) |
5363 | |
25876 | 5364 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ |
5365 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
5366 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
5367 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
5368 | |
5369 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
5370 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
5371 | |
5372 :filter FUNCTION | |
5373 | |
5374 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
5375 menu displayed. | |
5376 | |
5377 :visible INCLUDE | |
5378 | |
5379 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
5380 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
5381 | |
5382 :active ENABLE | |
5383 | |
5384 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
5385 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5386 | |
5387 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
5388 | |
5389 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
5390 | |
5391 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
5392 | |
5393 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
5394 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
5395 | |
5396 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5397 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5398 | |
26724 | 5399 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 5400 |
5401 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
5402 | |
5403 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
5404 | |
5405 :keys KEYS | |
5406 | |
5407 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
5408 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
5409 computed automatically. | |
5410 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
5411 | |
5412 :key-sequence KEYS | |
5413 | |
30565 | 5414 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this |
25876 | 5415 menu item. |
30565 | 5416 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of |
25876 | 5417 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no |
5418 keyboard equivalent. | |
5419 | |
5420 :active ENABLE | |
5421 | |
5422 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5423 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5424 | |
5425 :included INCLUDE | |
5426 | |
5427 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
5428 expression has a non-nil value. | |
5429 | |
30565 | 5430 :suffix FORM |
5431 | |
5432 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose | |
5433 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. | |
25876 | 5434 |
5435 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 5436 |
25876 | 5437 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 5438 defined: |
25876 | 5439 |
5440 toggle: A checkbox. | |
5441 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
5442 radio: A radio button. | |
5443 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
30565 | 5444 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the |
25876 | 5445 menu bar itself. |
5446 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
5447 | |
5448 :selected SELECTED | |
5449 | |
5450 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
5451 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5452 | |
28523 | 5453 :help HELP |
5454 | |
5455 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | |
5456 | |
25876 | 5457 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as |
5458 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
5459 as a solid horizontal line. | |
5460 | |
5461 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
5462 | |
5463 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
5464 | |
5465 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
5466 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
5467 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
5468 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
5469 | |
5470 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
5471 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 5472 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
5473 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
5474 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
5475 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
5476 | |
5477 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
5478 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
5479 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 5480 |
5481 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
5482 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
5483 | |
5484 ;;;*** | |
5485 | |
27545 | 5486 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
5487 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
5488 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
5489 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
39611 | 5490 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15281 51220)) |
27545 | 5491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el |
5492 | |
5493 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5494 Customization for ebnf group." t nil) | |
5495 | |
5496 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5497 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5498 | |
5499 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
5500 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
5501 it to the printer. | |
5502 | |
5503 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
5504 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
5505 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
5506 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil) | |
5507 | |
5508 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5509 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. | |
5510 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
5511 | |
5512 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5513 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5514 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
5515 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
5516 | |
5517 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5518 | |
5519 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5520 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
5521 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
5522 | |
5523 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5524 | |
5525 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5526 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
5527 | |
5528 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5529 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5530 | |
5531 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5532 | |
5533 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5534 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5535 | |
5536 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5537 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5538 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5539 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5540 | |
5541 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5542 | |
5543 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5544 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
5545 | |
5546 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5547 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5548 | |
5549 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5550 | |
5551 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5552 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5553 | |
5554 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5555 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5556 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5557 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5558 | |
5559 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5560 | |
5561 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
5562 | |
5563 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5564 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil) | |
5565 | |
5566 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5567 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil) | |
5568 | |
5569 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5570 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil) | |
5571 | |
5572 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5573 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil) | |
5574 | |
5575 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5576 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil) | |
5577 | |
5578 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5579 Set STYLE to current style. | |
5580 | |
5581 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5582 | |
5583 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5584 Reset current style. | |
5585 | |
5586 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5587 | |
5588 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5589 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
5590 | |
5591 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5592 | |
5593 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5594 Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
5595 | |
5596 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5597 | |
5598 ;;;*** | |
5599 | |
37617 | 5600 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree |
5601 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack | |
5602 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use | |
5603 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol | |
5604 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" | |
39611 | 5605 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15192 12243)) |
28523 | 5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el |
5607 | |
5608 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5609 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | |
5610 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | |
5611 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | |
5612 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | |
5613 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | |
5614 | |
5615 Tree mode key bindings: | |
28542 | 5616 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil) |
28523 | 5617 |
5618 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5619 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil) | |
5620 | |
30565 | 5621 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ |
5622 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. | |
5623 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. | |
5624 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with | |
5625 completion." t nil) | |
28523 | 5626 |
5627 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5628 Repeat last operation on files in tree. | |
5629 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | |
5630 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil) | |
5631 | |
5632 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5633 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | |
5634 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil) | |
5635 | |
37617 | 5636 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\ |
5637 Search for call sites of a member. | |
5638 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member. | |
5639 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer. | |
5640 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that | |
5641 looks like a function call to the member." t nil) | |
5642 | |
5643 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5644 Move backward in the position stack. | |
5645 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil) | |
5646 | |
5647 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5648 Move forward in the position stack. | |
5649 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil) | |
5650 | |
5651 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5652 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil) | |
5653 | |
5654 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5655 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil) | |
5656 | |
28523 | 5657 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ |
5658 Write the current tree data structure to a file. | |
5659 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | |
5660 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil) | |
5661 | |
37617 | 5662 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\ |
5663 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil) | |
5664 | |
28523 | 5665 ;;;*** |
5666 | |
25876 | 5667 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
39611 | 5668 ;;;;;; (15238 19581)) |
25876 | 5669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
5670 | |
5671 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
5672 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
5673 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
5674 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
5675 | |
5676 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
5677 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
5678 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
5679 | |
5680 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
5681 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
5682 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
5683 | |
5684 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
5685 | |
5686 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5687 | |
5688 ;;;*** | |
5689 | |
5690 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
39611 | 5691 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15192 12208)) |
25876 | 5692 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
5693 | |
5694 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
5695 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
5696 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
5697 | |
5698 ;;;*** | |
5699 | |
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
39611 | 5701 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15292 25969)) |
25876 | 5702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
5703 | |
5704 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
5705 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5706 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
5707 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
5708 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
5709 | |
5710 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
5711 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
5712 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
5713 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
5714 | |
5715 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
5716 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5717 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
5718 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
5719 | |
5720 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
27321 | 5721 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
25876 | 5722 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
5723 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
5724 | |
5725 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
5726 | |
5727 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
5728 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
5729 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
5730 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
5731 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
5732 | |
5733 ;;;*** | |
5734 | |
5735 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
5736 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
5737 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
5738 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
5739 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
5740 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5741 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
5742 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
5743 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
39050 | 5744 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15195 56516)) |
25876 | 5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
5746 | |
5747 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5748 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
5749 | |
5750 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
5751 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
5752 | |
5753 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
5754 | |
5755 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
5756 | |
5757 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5758 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
5759 | |
5760 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
5761 | |
5762 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
5763 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
5764 | |
5765 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
5766 | |
5767 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5768 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 5769 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5770 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5771 |
5772 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
5773 | |
5774 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5775 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
5776 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5777 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5778 |
5779 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
5780 | |
5781 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
5782 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 5783 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 5784 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5785 | |
5786 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
5787 | |
5788 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5789 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 5790 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5791 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5792 |
5793 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
5794 | |
5795 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5796 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 5797 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 5798 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 5799 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 5800 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5801 | |
5802 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5803 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
5804 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5805 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5806 |
5807 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
5808 | |
5809 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5810 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
5811 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5812 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5813 |
5814 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
5815 | |
5816 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
5817 | |
5818 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5819 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
5820 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5821 follows: | |
5822 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5823 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5824 | |
5825 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5826 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
5827 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5828 follows: | |
5829 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5830 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5831 | |
5832 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5833 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5834 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5835 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
26724 | 5836 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5837 |
5838 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5839 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5840 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5841 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
5842 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 5843 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5844 |
5845 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
5846 | |
5847 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5848 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
5849 | |
5850 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5851 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
5852 | |
5853 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
5854 | |
5855 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5856 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
5857 | |
5858 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5859 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
5860 | |
5861 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5862 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
5863 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5864 buffer." t nil) | |
5865 | |
5866 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5867 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
5868 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5869 buffer." t nil) | |
5870 | |
5871 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5872 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 5873 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 5874 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
5875 | |
5876 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 5877 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
5878 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
5879 and don't ask the user. | |
5880 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
5881 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 5882 |
5883 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
35196 | 5884 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME. |
5885 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for | |
5886 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer. | |
5887 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file. | |
5888 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil) | |
25876 | 5889 |
5890 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
5891 | |
5892 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
5893 | |
5894 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
5895 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
35196 | 5896 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt. |
5897 Default: the file visited by the current buffer. | |
5898 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) | |
25876 | 5899 |
5900 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
5901 | |
5902 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
5903 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
5904 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
5905 | |
5906 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
5907 Display Ediff's manual. | |
5908 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
5909 | |
5910 ;;;*** | |
5911 | |
27949 | 5912 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
39611 | 5913 ;;;;;; (15192 12209)) |
27949 | 5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el |
5915 | |
5916 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil) | |
5917 | |
5918 ;;;*** | |
5919 | |
39611 | 5920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15192 12209)) |
26724 | 5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el |
5922 | |
5923 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
5924 | |
35668 | 5925 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) |
26724 | 5926 |
5927 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
5928 | |
5929 ;;;*** | |
5930 | |
25876 | 5931 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
39611 | 5932 ;;;;;; (15292 25968)) |
25876 | 5933 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
5934 | |
5935 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
5936 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
5937 | |
5938 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
5939 | |
5940 ;;;*** | |
5941 | |
5942 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
39050 | 5943 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15195 56516)) |
25876 | 5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
5945 | |
5946 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5947 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
5948 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
5949 which see." t nil) | |
5950 | |
5951 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5952 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
5953 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
5954 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
5955 | |
5956 ;;;*** | |
5957 | |
5958 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
5959 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
39611 | 5960 ;;;;;; (15192 12209)) |
25876 | 5961 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
5962 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
5963 | |
5964 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
5965 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
5966 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
5967 | |
5968 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5969 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
5970 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
5971 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
5972 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
5973 its command name. | |
5974 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
5975 | |
5976 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5977 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
5978 | |
5979 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5980 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
5981 | |
5982 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5983 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
5984 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
5985 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
5986 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
5987 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
5988 | |
5989 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
5990 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
5991 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
5992 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
5993 | |
5994 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5995 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
5996 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
5997 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
5998 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
5999 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
6000 | |
6001 ;;;*** | |
6002 | |
35196 | 6003 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" |
39611 | 6004 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 6005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
6006 | |
35196 | 6007 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\ |
6008 Set scroll margins. | |
6009 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window. | |
6010 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil) | |
6011 | |
25876 | 6012 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ |
6013 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
6014 | |
6015 ;;;*** | |
6016 | |
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
39611 | 6018 ;;;;;; (15054 32526)) |
25876 | 6019 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
6020 | |
6021 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
6022 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
6023 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
6024 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
6025 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
6026 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
6027 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
6028 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
6029 | |
6030 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
6031 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
6032 | |
6033 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
6034 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
6035 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
6036 this value is non-nil. | |
6037 | |
6038 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
32115 | 6039 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. |
6040 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
25876 | 6041 |
36538 | 6042 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help |
6043 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and | |
25876 | 6044 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) |
6045 | |
6046 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
6047 | |
6048 ;;;*** | |
6049 | |
30565 | 6050 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string |
35668 | 6051 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814)) |
25876 | 6052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
6053 | |
6054 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
6055 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
6056 | |
6057 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
6058 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
6059 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
6060 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
6061 from the documentation string if possible. | |
6062 | |
6063 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
6064 instead. | |
6065 | |
6066 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
6067 | |
30565 | 6068 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ |
6069 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.") | |
6070 | |
6071 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string))))))) | |
6072 | |
25876 | 6073 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ |
6074 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
6075 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
6076 | |
6077 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
6078 of the mode. | |
6079 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
6080 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
6081 | |
6082 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
6083 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
6084 | |
6085 ;;;*** | |
6086 | |
39611 | 6087 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15192 |
6088 ;;;;;; 12209)) | |
26899 | 6089 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
6090 | |
6091 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
6092 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
6093 | |
6094 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
6095 an elided material again. | |
6096 | |
6097 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
6098 | |
6099 ;;;*** | |
6100 | |
25876 | 6101 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
39611 | 6102 ;;;;;; (15192 12223)) |
25876 | 6103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
6104 | |
6105 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
6106 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
6107 | |
6108 ;;;*** | |
6109 | |
29505 | 6110 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list |
39611 | 6111 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15192 |
6112 ;;;;;; 12223)) | |
25876 | 6113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
6114 | |
6115 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
6116 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
6117 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
6118 | |
6119 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
6120 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
6121 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
6122 | |
6123 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
6124 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
6125 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
6126 | |
6127 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
6128 | |
6129 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
6130 Display current profiling results. | |
6131 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
6132 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
6133 displayed." t nil) | |
6134 | |
6135 ;;;*** | |
6136 | |
6137 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
39437 | 6138 ;;;;;; (15251 11795)) |
25876 | 6139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
6140 | |
6141 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
6142 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
6143 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
6144 | |
6145 ;;;*** | |
6146 | |
6147 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
6148 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
6149 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
6150 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
39611 | 6151 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15192 12209)) |
25876 | 6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
6153 | |
6154 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
6155 | |
6156 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
6157 | |
6158 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
6159 | |
6160 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
6161 | |
6162 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
6163 | |
6164 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
6165 | |
6166 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
6167 | |
6168 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
6169 | |
6170 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
6171 | |
6172 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
6173 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
6174 | |
6175 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6176 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
6177 | |
6178 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
6179 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
6180 | |
6181 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6182 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
6183 | |
6184 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6185 | |
6186 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6187 | |
6188 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6189 | |
6190 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6191 | |
6192 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
6193 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
6194 | |
6195 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6196 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
6197 | |
6198 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
6199 | |
6200 ;;;*** | |
6201 | |
6202 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
39611 | 6203 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 6204 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
6205 | |
6206 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
6207 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
6208 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
6209 | |
6210 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
6211 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
6212 automatically. | |
6213 | |
6214 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
6215 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
6216 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
6217 | |
6218 ;;;*** | |
6219 | |
6220 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
39611 | 6221 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14886 12681)) |
25876 | 6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
6223 | |
6224 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
6225 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
6226 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
6227 text/enriched format. | |
6228 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
6229 | |
6230 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
6231 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
6232 | |
6233 Commands: | |
6234 | |
6235 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6236 | |
6237 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
6238 | |
6239 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
6240 | |
6241 ;;;*** | |
6242 | |
39611 | 6243 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15192 |
6244 ;;;;;; 12227)) | |
30565 | 6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el |
6246 | |
6247 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ | |
6248 Emacs shell interactive mode. | |
6249 | |
6250 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
6251 | |
6252 ;;;*** | |
6253 | |
39611 | 6254 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15192 |
6255 ;;;;;; 12228)) | |
30565 | 6256 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el |
6257 | |
6258 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ | |
6259 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil) | |
6260 | |
6261 ;;;*** | |
6262 | |
6263 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command | |
39611 | 6264 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15192 12228)) |
30565 | 6265 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el |
6266 | |
6267 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ | |
6268 Create an interactive Eshell buffer. | |
6269 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of | |
6270 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in | |
6271 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session | |
6272 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix | |
6273 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil) | |
6274 | |
6275 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ | |
6276 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. | |
6277 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil) | |
6278 | |
6279 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ | |
6280 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. | |
6281 The result might be any Lisp object. | |
6282 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the | |
6283 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned | |
6284 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil) | |
6285 | |
6286 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ | |
6287 Report a bug in Eshell. | |
6288 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | |
6289 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil) | |
6290 | |
6291 ;;;*** | |
6292 | |
25876 | 6293 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags |
6294 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
6295 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
6296 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
37203 | 6297 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list |
6298 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" | |
39611 | 6299 ;;;;;; (15128 5314)) |
25876 | 6300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
6301 | |
6302 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
6303 *File name of tags table. | |
6304 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
6305 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
6306 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
6307 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
6308 | |
28288 | 6309 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ |
6310 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | |
6311 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | |
6312 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | |
6313 | |
25876 | 6314 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ |
6315 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
6316 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
6317 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
6318 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
6319 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
6320 | |
37203 | 6321 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\ |
6322 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used. | |
6323 An empty string means search the non-compressed file. | |
6324 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated | |
38398 | 6325 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function |
6326 `auto-compression-mode').") | |
37203 | 6327 |
25876 | 6328 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ |
6329 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
6330 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
6331 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
6332 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
6333 | |
6334 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
6335 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
6336 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
6337 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
6338 | |
6339 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
6340 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
6341 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
6342 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
6343 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
6344 | |
6345 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6346 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
6347 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
6348 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
6349 | |
6350 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
6351 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
6352 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
6353 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
6354 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
6355 | |
6356 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
6357 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
6358 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
6359 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
6360 without directory names." nil nil) | |
6361 | |
6362 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
6363 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6364 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
6365 but does not select the buffer. | |
6366 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
6367 | |
6368 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6369 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6370 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6371 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
6372 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6373 | |
6374 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6375 | |
6376 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6377 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6378 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6379 | |
6380 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6381 | |
6382 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6383 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6384 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
6385 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
6386 | |
6387 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6388 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6389 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6390 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
6391 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6392 | |
6393 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6394 | |
6395 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6396 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6397 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6398 | |
6399 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6400 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
6401 | |
6402 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
6403 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6404 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
6405 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6406 around or before point. | |
6407 | |
6408 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6409 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6410 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6411 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6412 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6413 | |
6414 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6415 | |
6416 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6417 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6418 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6419 | |
6420 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6421 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
6422 | |
6423 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
6424 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6425 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
6426 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6427 around or before point. | |
6428 | |
6429 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6430 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6431 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6432 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6433 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6434 | |
6435 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6436 | |
6437 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6438 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6439 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6440 | |
6441 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6442 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
6443 | |
6444 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
6445 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
6446 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
6447 | |
6448 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6449 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6450 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6451 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6452 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6453 | |
6454 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
6455 | |
6456 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6457 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6458 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6459 | |
6460 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6461 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
6462 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
6463 | |
6464 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
6465 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
6466 | |
6467 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
6468 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
6469 where they were found." t nil) | |
6470 | |
6471 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
6472 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
6473 | |
6474 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
6475 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
6476 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
6477 | |
6478 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
6479 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
6480 | |
6481 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
6482 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
6483 | |
6484 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
6485 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
6486 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
6487 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
6488 | |
6489 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
6490 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
6491 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
6492 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
6493 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
6494 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
6495 | |
6496 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
6497 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
6498 Stops when a match is found. | |
6499 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6500 | |
6501 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6502 | |
6503 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
33002 | 6504 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. |
25876 | 6505 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. |
6506 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
6507 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6508 | |
6509 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6510 | |
6511 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
6512 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
6513 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
6514 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
6515 directory specification." t nil) | |
6516 | |
6517 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
6518 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
6519 | |
6520 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6521 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
6522 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
6523 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
6524 | |
6525 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6526 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
6527 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
6528 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
6529 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
6530 | |
6531 ;;;*** | |
6532 | |
6533 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
6534 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
6535 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
6536 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
6537 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
6538 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
28919 | 6539 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) |
39611 | 6540 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
6542 | |
6543 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
6544 | |
6545 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6546 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6547 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
6548 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6549 | |
6550 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
6551 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6552 language. | |
6553 | |
6554 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
6555 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
6556 | |
6557 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6558 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6559 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6560 | |
6561 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6562 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6563 | |
6564 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6565 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6566 | |
6567 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
6568 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6569 language. | |
6570 | |
6571 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
6572 buffer is read-only. | |
6573 | |
6574 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6575 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6576 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6577 | |
6578 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6579 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6580 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6581 | |
6582 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6583 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
6584 | |
6585 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
6586 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
6587 | |
6588 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
6589 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
6590 | |
6591 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6592 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6593 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
6594 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6595 | |
6596 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6597 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
6598 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6599 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6600 | |
6601 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
6602 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
6603 the primary language. | |
6604 | |
6605 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
6606 buffer is read-only. | |
6607 | |
6608 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6609 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6610 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6611 | |
6612 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6613 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
6614 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6615 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6616 | |
6617 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
6618 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
6619 primary language. | |
6620 | |
6621 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
6622 buffer is read-only. | |
6623 | |
6624 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6625 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6626 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6627 | |
6628 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6629 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6630 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6631 | |
6632 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6633 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
6634 | |
6635 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
6636 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
6637 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
6638 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
6639 | |
6640 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
6641 | |
6642 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6643 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
6644 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6645 | |
6646 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6647 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
6648 | |
6649 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6650 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
6651 | |
6652 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
6653 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
6654 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
6655 | |
6656 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
6657 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
6658 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
6659 | |
6660 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
6661 | |
6662 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6663 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
6664 | |
6665 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6666 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
6667 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
6668 | |
6669 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6670 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
6671 | |
6672 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6673 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
6674 | |
6675 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
6676 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
6677 | |
6678 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
6679 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
6680 | |
6681 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6682 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
6683 | |
6684 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6685 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
6686 | |
6687 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6688 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
6689 | |
6690 ;;;*** | |
6691 | |
27321 | 6692 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
6693 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
36101 | 6694 ;;;;;; (14463 4091)) |
27321 | 6695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
6696 | |
6697 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
6698 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
6699 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | |
6700 server for future sessions." t nil) | |
6701 | |
6702 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
6703 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6704 | |
6705 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
6706 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6707 | |
6708 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
6709 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
6710 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
6711 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | |
6712 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
6713 individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | |
6714 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
6715 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
6716 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
6717 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
6718 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | |
6719 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil) | |
6720 | |
6721 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
6722 Display a form to query the directory server. | |
6723 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
6724 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
6725 | |
6726 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
6727 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
6728 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil) | |
6729 | |
27326 | 6730 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
6731 | |
27321 | 6732 ;;;*** |
6733 | |
6734 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
6735 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | |
39611 | 6736 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15192 12237)) |
27321 | 6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el |
6738 | |
6739 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6740 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil) | |
6741 | |
6742 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6743 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
6744 | |
6745 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6746 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil) | |
6747 | |
6748 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6749 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil) | |
6750 | |
6751 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6752 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil) | |
6753 | |
6754 ;;;*** | |
6755 | |
6756 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
39611 | 6757 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15192 12237)) |
27321 | 6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el |
6759 | |
6760 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6761 Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
6762 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil) | |
6763 | |
6764 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6765 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil) | |
6766 | |
6767 ;;;*** | |
6768 | |
6769 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
39611 | 6770 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
27321 | 6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el |
6772 | |
6773 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
6774 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil) | |
6775 | |
6776 ;;;*** | |
6777 | |
30565 | 6778 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p |
6779 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find) | |
39611 | 6780 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15223 37897)) |
25876 | 6781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
6782 | |
30565 | 6783 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ |
6784 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name. | |
6785 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil) | |
6786 | |
25876 | 6787 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ |
6788 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
6789 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
6790 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
6791 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
6792 executable." t nil) | |
6793 | |
6794 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
6795 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
6796 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
6797 | |
30565 | 6798 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ |
6799 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. | |
6800 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing | |
6801 file modes." nil nil) | |
6802 | |
25876 | 6803 ;;;*** |
6804 | |
6805 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
39611 | 6806 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15192 12210)) |
25876 | 6807 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
6808 | |
6809 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
6810 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
6811 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
6812 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
6813 | |
6814 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
6815 | |
6816 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
6817 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
6818 to generate such functions. | |
6819 | |
6820 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
6821 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
6822 beginning of the expanded text. | |
6823 | |
6824 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
6825 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
6826 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
6827 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
6828 | |
6829 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
6830 | |
6831 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6832 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6833 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6834 | |
6835 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6836 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6837 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6838 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
6839 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
6840 | |
6841 ;;;*** | |
6842 | |
39611 | 6843 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14969 38001)) |
25876 | 6844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
6845 | |
6846 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
6847 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
6848 | |
6849 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
6850 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
6851 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
6852 | |
6853 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
6854 | |
6855 Key definitions: | |
6856 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
6857 | |
6858 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6859 | |
6860 f90-do-indent | |
6861 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6862 f90-if-indent | |
6863 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
6864 f90-type-indent | |
6865 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
6866 f90-program-indent | |
6867 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
6868 (default 2) | |
6869 f90-continuation-indent | |
6870 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
6871 f90-comment-region | |
6872 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6873 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
6874 f90-indented-comment-re | |
6875 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
6876 (default \"!\") | |
6877 f90-directive-comment-re | |
6878 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
6879 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
6880 f90-break-delimiters | |
6881 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
6882 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
6883 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
6884 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
6885 (default t) | |
6886 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
6887 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
6888 f90-smart-end | |
6889 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
6890 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
6891 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
6892 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
6893 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
6894 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
6895 f90-leave-line-no | |
6896 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
6897 f90-startup-message | |
6898 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
6899 f90-keywords-re | |
6900 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
6901 | |
6902 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
6903 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6904 | |
6905 ;;;*** | |
6906 | |
6907 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
6908 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
6909 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
6910 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
35668 | 6911 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164)) |
25876 | 6912 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
6913 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
6914 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
6915 | |
6916 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
6917 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
6918 | |
6919 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
6920 | |
6921 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
6922 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
6923 | |
6924 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
6925 | |
6926 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
30565 | 6927 Menu keymap for background colors.") |
25876 | 6928 |
6929 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
6930 | |
27545 | 6931 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6932 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
6933 | |
6934 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
6935 | |
27545 | 6936 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6937 Submenu for text justification commands.") |
6938 | |
6939 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
6940 | |
27545 | 6941 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6942 Submenu for indentation commands.") |
6943 | |
6944 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
6945 | |
6946 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
6947 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
6948 | |
6949 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
6950 | |
27545 | 6951 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
6952 | |
6953 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
25876 | 6954 |
6955 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
6956 | |
6957 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
6958 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
6959 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
6960 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
6961 | |
6962 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
6963 | |
35668 | 6964 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no |
6965 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
25876 | 6966 |
6967 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6968 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6969 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6970 | |
6971 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6972 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6973 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). |
6974 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6975 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6976 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6977 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6978 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6979 | |
6980 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6981 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6982 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). |
6983 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6984 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6985 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6986 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6987 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6988 | |
6989 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6990 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6991 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use |
6992 is the menu item's name. | |
6993 | |
35668 | 6994 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no |
6995 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
25876 | 6996 |
6997 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6998 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6999 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
7000 | |
7001 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
7002 Make the region invisible. | |
7003 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
7004 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7005 | |
7006 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
7007 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
7008 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
7009 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7010 | |
7011 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
7012 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
7013 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
7014 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7015 | |
7016 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
7017 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
7018 | |
7019 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
7020 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
7021 | |
7022 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
7023 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
7024 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
7025 | |
7026 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
7027 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
7028 | |
7029 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
7030 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
7031 | |
7032 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
7033 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
7034 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
7035 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
7036 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
7037 | |
7038 ;;;*** | |
7039 | |
7040 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
39611 | 7041 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15192 12210)) |
25876 | 7042 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
7043 | |
7044 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
7045 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
7046 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
7047 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
7048 | |
7049 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
7050 | |
7051 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
7052 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
7053 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
7054 | |
7055 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
7056 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
7057 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
7058 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
7059 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
7060 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
7061 | |
7062 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
7063 | |
7064 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
7065 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
7066 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
7067 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
7068 | |
7069 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
7070 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
7071 | |
7072 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
7073 | |
7074 ;;;*** | |
7075 | |
7076 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
34166 | 7077 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts |
39611 | 7078 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 7079 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
7080 | |
34166 | 7081 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\ |
35668 | 7082 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package. |
7083 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used | |
7084 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil) | |
34166 | 7085 |
25876 | 7086 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ |
7087 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
7088 | |
7089 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
7090 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
7091 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
7092 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
7093 | |
7094 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
7095 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
7096 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
7097 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
7098 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
7099 | |
7100 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
7101 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
7102 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
7103 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
7104 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
7105 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
7106 internally by feedmail): | |
7107 | |
7108 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
7109 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
7110 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
7111 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
7112 | |
7113 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
7114 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
7115 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
7116 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
7117 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
7118 | |
7119 ;;;*** | |
7120 | |
35196 | 7121 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu |
39611 | 7122 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15155 16525)) |
25876 | 7123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
7124 | |
7125 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
7126 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
7127 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
7128 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
7129 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
7130 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
7131 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
7132 | |
7133 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
7134 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
7135 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
7136 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
7137 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
7138 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
7139 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
7140 | |
7141 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 7142 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 7143 |
7144 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
7145 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
7146 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
7147 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
7148 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
7149 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
7150 | |
7151 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
7152 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
7153 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
7154 Return value: | |
7155 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
7156 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
7157 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
7158 | |
7159 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
7160 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
7161 | |
35196 | 7162 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\ |
7163 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil) | |
7164 | |
25876 | 7165 ;;;*** |
7166 | |
7167 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
39611 | 7168 ;;;;;; (14887 35754)) |
25876 | 7169 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
7170 | |
7171 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
7172 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
7173 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
7174 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
31388 | 7175 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, |
7176 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
25876 | 7177 \(directories) is done." t nil) |
7178 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7179 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7180 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7181 | |
7182 ;;;*** | |
7183 | |
7184 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
39611 | 7185 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15192 12210)) |
25876 | 7186 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
7187 | |
7188 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
7189 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
7190 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
7191 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
7192 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
7193 | |
7194 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
7195 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
7196 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
7197 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
7198 | |
7199 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7200 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
7201 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7202 | |
7203 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
7204 | |
7205 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
7206 as the final argument." t nil) | |
7207 | |
7208 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7209 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
7210 and run dired on those files. | |
7211 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
7212 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7213 | |
7214 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
7215 | |
7216 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7217 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
7218 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7219 | |
7220 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
7221 | |
7222 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
7223 | |
7224 ;;;*** | |
7225 | |
7226 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
7227 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
39611 | 7228 ;;;;;; (15173 51739)) |
25876 | 7229 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
7230 | |
7231 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7232 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
31388 | 7233 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. |
25876 | 7234 |
7235 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
7236 | |
7237 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7238 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
7239 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
7240 | |
7241 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
7242 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
7243 | |
7244 Variables of interest include: | |
7245 | |
31388 | 7246 - `ff-case-fold-search' |
7247 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). | |
25876 | 7248 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. |
7249 | |
31388 | 7250 - `ff-always-in-other-window' |
25876 | 7251 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an |
31388 | 7252 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. |
7253 | |
7254 - `ff-ignore-include' | |
25876 | 7255 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. |
7256 | |
31388 | 7257 - `ff-always-try-to-create' |
25876 | 7258 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. |
7259 | |
31388 | 7260 - `ff-quiet-mode' |
25876 | 7261 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. |
7262 | |
31388 | 7263 - `ff-special-constructs' |
7264 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
7265 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
25876 | 7266 extracting the filename from that construct. |
7267 | |
31388 | 7268 - `ff-other-file-alist' |
25876 | 7269 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. |
7270 | |
31388 | 7271 - `ff-search-directories' |
25876 | 7272 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in |
31388 | 7273 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. |
7274 | |
7275 - `ff-pre-find-hooks' | |
25876 | 7276 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. |
7277 | |
31388 | 7278 - `ff-pre-load-hooks' |
25876 | 7279 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. |
7280 | |
31388 | 7281 - `ff-post-load-hooks' |
25876 | 7282 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. |
7283 | |
31388 | 7284 - `ff-not-found-hooks' |
25876 | 7285 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. |
7286 | |
31388 | 7287 - `ff-file-created-hooks' |
25876 | 7288 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) |
7289 | |
7290 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7291 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
7292 | |
7293 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
31388 | 7294 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil) |
25876 | 7295 |
7296 ;;;*** | |
7297 | |
7298 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
7299 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
7300 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
7301 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
7302 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
39611 | 7303 ;;;;;; (15199 61891)) |
25876 | 7304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
7305 | |
7306 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
7307 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
7308 | |
7309 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
7310 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
7311 not selected. | |
7312 | |
7313 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
7314 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
7315 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
7316 | |
7317 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
7318 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
7319 | |
7320 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
7321 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
7322 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
7323 it is one of the current buffers. | |
7324 | |
7325 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
7326 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
7327 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
7328 | |
7329 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
7330 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
7331 | |
7332 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
7333 | |
7334 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
7335 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
7336 | |
7337 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
7338 | |
7339 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
7340 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
7341 | |
7342 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
7343 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
7344 not selected. | |
7345 | |
7346 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
7347 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
7348 | |
7349 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
7350 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
7351 | |
7352 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
7353 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
7354 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
7355 it is one of the current buffers. | |
7356 | |
7357 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
7358 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
7359 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
7360 | |
7361 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
7362 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
7363 | |
7364 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
7365 | |
7366 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
7367 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
7368 | |
7369 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
7370 | |
7371 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
7372 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
7373 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
7374 | |
7375 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
7376 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
7377 | |
7378 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
7379 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
7380 | |
7381 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
7382 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
7383 | |
7384 ;;;*** | |
7385 | |
37617 | 7386 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories |
39611 | 7387 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15192 12210)) |
37617 | 7388 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el |
7389 | |
7390 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7391 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
7392 | |
7393 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7394 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil) | |
7395 | |
7396 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7397 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil) | |
7398 | |
7399 ;;;*** | |
7400 | |
28530 | 7401 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) |
39611 | 7402 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15192 12210)) |
28530 | 7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el |
7404 | |
7405 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | |
7406 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil) | |
7407 | |
7408 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | |
7409 Display FILE's commentary section. | |
7410 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil) | |
7411 | |
7412 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | |
7413 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil) | |
7414 | |
7415 ;;;*** | |
7416 | |
25876 | 7417 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" |
25998 | 7418 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
7420 | |
7421 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7422 Toggle flow control handling. | |
7423 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
7424 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
7425 | |
7426 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7427 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
7428 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
7429 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
7430 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
7431 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
7432 | |
7433 ;;;*** | |
7434 | |
36538 | 7435 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off |
7436 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string) | |
39437 | 7437 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15279 11558)) |
25876 | 7438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
7439 | |
30565 | 7440 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ |
7441 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. | |
7442 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") | |
7443 | |
7444 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
7445 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil) | |
7446 | |
7447 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) | |
7448 | |
25876 | 7449 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ |
7450 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
7451 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
7452 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
7453 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
7454 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
7455 | |
7456 Bindings: | |
7457 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
7458 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
7459 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
7460 | |
7461 Hooks: | |
7462 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
7463 | |
7464 Remark: | |
7465 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
7466 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
7467 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
7468 | |
7469 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
7470 consider adding: | |
7471 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
7472 in your .emacs file. | |
7473 | |
7474 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
7475 | |
7476 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
7477 | |
30565 | 7478 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist)))) |
7479 | |
25876 | 7480 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ |
7481 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
7482 | |
36538 | 7483 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\ |
7484 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil) | |
7485 | |
7486 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\ | |
7487 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil) | |
7488 | |
25876 | 7489 ;;;*** |
7490 | |
7491 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
7492 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
39611 | 7493 ;;;;;; (15192 12210)) |
25876 | 7494 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
7495 | |
7496 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7497 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7498 | |
7499 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7500 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7501 | |
7502 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7503 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
7504 | |
7505 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
7506 of two major techniques: | |
7507 | |
7508 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
7509 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
7510 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
7511 | |
7512 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
7513 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
7514 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
7515 movement commands. | |
7516 | |
7517 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
7518 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
7519 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
7520 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
7521 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
7522 mileage may vary). | |
7523 | |
7524 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
7525 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
7526 | |
7527 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
7528 | |
7529 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
7530 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
7531 \(This is the default.) | |
7532 | |
7533 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
7534 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
7535 | |
7536 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
7537 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7538 | |
7539 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
7540 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
7541 | |
7542 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
7543 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
7544 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
7545 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
7546 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
7547 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
7548 | |
7549 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
7550 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
7551 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
7552 | |
7553 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
7554 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
7555 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
7556 | |
7557 ;;;*** | |
7558 | |
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
33357 | 7560 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock |
39437 | 7561 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15280 18506)) |
25876 | 7562 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
7563 | |
33002 | 7564 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults)) |
7565 | |
25876 | 7566 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7567 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
37617 | 7568 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive |
7569 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font | |
7570 Lock on. | |
33002 | 7571 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".) |
25876 | 7572 |
7573 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
7574 | |
7575 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
7576 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
7577 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
7578 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7579 | |
33002 | 7580 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for |
7581 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face]. | |
7582 | |
25876 | 7583 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in |
7584 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7585 | |
7586 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
7587 | |
7588 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
7589 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
7590 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7591 | |
7592 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
7593 | |
7594 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
7595 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
7596 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
7597 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
7598 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
7599 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
7600 | |
7601 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
7602 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7603 | |
7604 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
7605 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
7606 | |
7607 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
7608 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
7609 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
7610 | |
7611 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
7612 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
7613 | |
7614 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
7615 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
7616 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
7617 | |
7618 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
7619 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
7620 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
7621 | |
7622 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
34166 | 7623 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil) |
25876 | 7624 |
7625 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 7626 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7627 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 7628 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
7629 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7630 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
7631 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
7632 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
7633 end of the current highlighting list. | |
7634 | |
7635 For example: | |
7636 | |
7637 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
7638 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
7639 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
7640 | |
7641 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
7642 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
7643 | |
38398 | 7644 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended |
7645 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | |
7646 subtle problems due to details of the implementation. | |
7647 | |
25876 | 7648 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., |
7649 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
7650 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
7651 | |
26899 | 7652 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
27949 | 7653 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7654 | |
7655 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
38398 | 7656 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer. |
7657 | |
7658 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended | |
7659 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | |
7660 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil) | |
26899 | 7661 |
25998 | 7662 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
36538 | 7663 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled. |
33357 | 7664 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 7665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
7666 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
7667 | |
7668 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7669 | |
7670 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
7671 | |
33357 | 7672 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7673 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer. | |
7674 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
7675 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | |
7676 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil) | |
7677 | |
25876 | 7678 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 7679 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 7680 |
7681 ;;;*** | |
7682 | |
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
39611 | 7684 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
7686 | |
7687 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
7688 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
7689 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
7690 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
7691 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
7692 | |
28288 | 7693 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward |
7694 compatibility. | |
25876 | 7695 |
7696 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
7697 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
7698 | |
7699 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
7700 | |
7701 ;;;*** | |
7702 | |
39611 | 7703 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15192 |
7704 ;;;;;; 12235)) | |
26963 | 7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
7706 | |
7707 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
7708 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
7709 \\<message-mode-map> | |
7710 key binding | |
7711 --- ------- | |
7712 | |
7713 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
7714 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
7715 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
7716 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
7717 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
7718 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
7719 " t nil) | |
7720 | |
7721 ;;;*** | |
7722 | |
25876 | 7723 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
39611 | 7724 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15192 12211)) |
25876 | 7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
7726 | |
7727 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
7728 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
7729 | |
7730 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
7731 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
7732 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
7733 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
7734 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
7735 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
7736 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
7737 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
7738 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
7739 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
7740 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
7741 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
7742 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
7743 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
7744 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
7745 " t nil) | |
7746 | |
7747 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
7748 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
7749 | |
7750 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
7751 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
7752 | |
7753 ;;;*** | |
7754 | |
7755 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
39611 | 7756 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15192 12243)) |
25876 | 7757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
7758 | |
7759 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
7760 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
7761 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
7762 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
7763 with a character in column 6.") | |
7764 | |
7765 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
7766 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
7767 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
7768 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
7769 | |
7770 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
7771 Fortran keywords. | |
7772 | |
7773 Key definitions: | |
7774 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
7775 | |
7776 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
7777 | |
7778 `comment-start' | |
30565 | 7779 If you want to use comments starting with `!', |
7780 set this to the string \"!\". | |
25876 | 7781 `fortran-do-indent' |
7782 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
7783 `fortran-if-indent' | |
7784 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
7785 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
7786 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
7787 (default 3) | |
7788 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
7789 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
7790 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
7791 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
7792 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
7793 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
7794 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
7795 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
7796 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7797 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
7798 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
7799 indentation for a line of code. | |
7800 (default 'fixed) | |
7801 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
7802 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
7803 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
7804 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
7805 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
7806 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7807 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
7808 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
7809 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
7810 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
7811 column 5. (default 1) | |
7812 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
7813 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
7814 statements. (default nil) | |
7815 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
7816 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
7817 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
7818 statement. (default nil) | |
7819 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
7820 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
7821 line. (default \"$\") | |
7822 `fortran-comment-region' | |
7823 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
7824 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
7825 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
7826 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
7827 as typed. (default t) | |
7828 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 7829 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 7830 (default t) |
7831 | |
7832 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
7833 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7834 | |
7835 ;;;*** | |
7836 | |
37617 | 7837 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region |
39611 | 7838 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15197 18454)) |
37617 | 7839 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el |
7840 | |
7841 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\ | |
7842 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE. | |
7843 | |
7844 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | |
7845 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil) | |
7846 | |
7847 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\ | |
7848 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file. | |
7849 | |
7850 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | |
7851 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil) | |
7852 | |
7853 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\ | |
7854 Compile fortune file. | |
7855 | |
7856 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses | |
7857 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil) | |
7858 | |
7859 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\ | |
7860 Create signature from output of the fortune program. | |
7861 | |
7862 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | |
7863 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | |
7864 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | |
7865 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil) | |
7866 | |
7867 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\ | |
7868 Display a fortune cookie. | |
7869 | |
7870 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | |
7871 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | |
7872 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | |
7873 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil) | |
7874 | |
7875 ;;;*** | |
7876 | |
25876 | 7877 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" |
39611 | 7878 ;;;;;; (15192 12211)) |
25876 | 7879 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
7880 | |
7881 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7882 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
7883 | |
7884 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
7885 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
7886 | |
7887 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
7888 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
7889 function. | |
7890 | |
7891 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
7892 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
7893 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
33002 | 7894 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the |
7895 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. | |
25876 | 7896 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. |
7897 | |
7898 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
7899 Each keyword should be a string. | |
7900 | |
7901 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
7902 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
7903 | |
33002 | 7904 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'. |
7905 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
25876 | 7906 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. |
7907 | |
7908 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
7909 | |
7910 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
7911 | |
7912 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7913 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
7914 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
7915 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
7916 | |
7917 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
7918 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
7919 | |
7920 ;;;*** | |
7921 | |
27545 | 7922 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
39611 | 7923 ;;;;;; (15251 43415)) |
27545 | 7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el |
7925 | |
7926 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
7927 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
7928 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
7929 at places they belong to." t nil) | |
7930 | |
7931 ;;;*** | |
7932 | |
25876 | 7933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
39611 | 7934 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15251 43415)) |
25876 | 7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
7936 | |
7937 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7938 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
7939 | |
7940 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7941 Read network news. | |
7942 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7943 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
7944 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7945 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
7946 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
7947 | |
7948 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
7949 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
7950 | |
7951 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
7952 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
7953 | |
7954 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
7955 Read network news. | |
7956 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7957 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7958 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
7959 | |
7960 ;;;*** | |
7961 | |
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
7963 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
39611 | 7964 ;;;;;; (15192 12228)) |
25876 | 7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
7966 | |
7967 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7968 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
7969 | |
7970 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7971 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
7972 | |
7973 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7974 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
7975 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
7976 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
7977 | |
7978 \(gnus-agentize) | |
7979 | |
7980 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
7981 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
7982 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
7983 | |
7984 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7985 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
7986 | |
7987 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
7988 | |
7989 ;;;*** | |
7990 | |
32115 | 7991 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" |
39611 | 7992 ;;;;;; (15271 23340)) |
32115 | 7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el |
7994 | |
7995 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\ | |
7996 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil) | |
7997 | |
7998 ;;;*** | |
7999 | |
25876 | 8000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" |
39611 | 8001 ;;;;;; (15192 12228)) |
25876 | 8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
8003 | |
8004 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
33002 | 8005 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil) |
25876 | 8006 |
8007 ;;;*** | |
8008 | |
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
35668 | 8010 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862 |
8011 ;;;;;; 37896)) | |
25876 | 8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
8013 | |
8014 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8015 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
8016 | |
8017 Usage: | |
8018 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
8019 | |
8020 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8021 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
8022 | |
8023 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8024 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
8025 | |
8026 ;;;*** | |
8027 | |
8028 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
39611 | 8029 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 60440)) |
25876 | 8030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
8031 | |
8032 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
8033 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
8034 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
8035 | |
8036 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
8037 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
8038 | |
8039 ;;;*** | |
8040 | |
8041 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
33357 | 8042 ;;;;;; (14813 40531)) |
25876 | 8043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
8044 | |
8045 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
8046 | |
8047 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
8048 Run batched scoring. | |
8049 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
8050 | |
8051 ;;;*** | |
8052 | |
33357 | 8053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) |
39611 | 8054 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15192 12228)) |
33357 | 8055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el |
8056 | |
8057 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil) | |
8058 | |
8059 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ | |
8060 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands. | |
8061 | |
8062 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8063 | |
8064 ;;;*** | |
8065 | |
32115 | 8066 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update |
8067 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" | |
39611 | 8068 ;;;;;; (15192 12228)) |
32115 | 8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el |
8070 | |
8071 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
8072 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. | |
8073 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail | |
8074 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with | |
8075 group parameters. | |
8076 | |
8077 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called | |
8078 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before | |
8079 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to | |
34166 | 8080 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook. |
8081 | |
8082 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of | |
8083 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used | |
8084 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is | |
8085 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as | |
8086 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy, | |
8087 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical | |
8088 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more | |
8089 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't | |
8090 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See | |
8091 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil) | |
32115 | 8092 |
8093 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
34166 | 8094 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by |
8095 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL). | |
8096 | |
8097 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used | |
8098 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil) | |
32115 | 8099 |
8100 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
8101 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | |
8102 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information. | |
8103 | |
8104 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil) | |
8105 | |
8106 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
8107 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It | |
8108 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT | |
8109 | |
8110 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) | |
8111 | |
8112 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will | |
8113 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all | |
8114 existing groups are considered. | |
8115 | |
8116 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned, | |
8117 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be | |
8118 returned. | |
8119 | |
8120 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC | |
8121 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this | |
8122 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or | |
8123 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is | |
8124 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if | |
8125 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it | |
8126 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT | |
8127 clauses will be generated. | |
8128 | |
34166 | 8129 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of |
8130 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no | |
8131 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is | |
8132 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy | |
8133 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list, | |
8134 as the last element of a '| SPLIT. | |
8135 | |
32115 | 8136 For example, given the following group parameters: |
8137 | |
8138 nnml:mail.bar: | |
8139 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\") | |
8140 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\")) | |
8141 nnml:mail.foo: | |
8142 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\") | |
8143 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\") | |
8144 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\") | |
8145 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\")) | |
8146 nnml:mail.others: | |
8147 \((split-spec . catch-all)) | |
8148 | |
8149 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns: | |
8150 | |
8151 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\" | |
8152 \"mail.bar\") | |
8153 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\" | |
8154 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\")) | |
8155 \"mail.others\")" nil nil) | |
8156 | |
8157 ;;;*** | |
8158 | |
25876 | 8159 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" |
39611 | 8160 ;;;;;; (14791 59015)) |
25876 | 8161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
8162 | |
8163 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
8164 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
8165 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
8166 | |
8167 ;;;*** | |
8168 | |
35668 | 8169 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915 |
39611 | 8170 ;;;;;; 11613)) |
32115 | 8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el |
8172 | |
8173 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\ | |
8174 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
8175 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the | |
35196 | 8176 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil) |
8177 | |
8178 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) | |
32115 | 8179 |
25876 | 8180 ;;;*** |
8181 | |
33002 | 8182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el" |
39611 | 8183 ;;;;;; (15192 12228)) |
33002 | 8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
8185 | |
8186 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
8187 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
8188 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
8189 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr | |
8190 part is ignored. | |
8191 | |
8192 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is | |
8193 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist' | |
8194 rather than using this function." nil nil) | |
8195 | |
8196 ;;;*** | |
8197 | |
25876 | 8198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" |
39611 | 8199 ;;;;;; (14791 59020)) |
25876 | 8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
8201 | |
8202 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
8203 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
8204 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
8205 for matching on group names. | |
8206 | |
8207 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
8208 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
8209 | |
8210 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
8211 | |
8212 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
8213 | |
8214 ;;;*** | |
8215 | |
8216 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
35668 | 8217 ;;;;;; (14862 37897)) |
25876 | 8218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
8219 | |
8220 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
8221 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
8222 | |
8223 ;;;*** | |
8224 | |
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
39611 | 8226 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15209 13375)) |
25876 | 8227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
8228 | |
8229 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
32115 | 8230 Unload all Gnus features. |
8231 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names | |
8232 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use | |
8233 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil) | |
25876 | 8234 |
8235 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
8236 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
8237 | |
8238 ;;;*** | |
8239 | |
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
39611 | 8241 ;;;;;; (15275 13005)) |
25876 | 8242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
8243 | |
8244 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
8245 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
8246 | |
8247 ;;;*** | |
8248 | |
39611 | 8249 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15155 16528)) |
25876 | 8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
8251 | |
8252 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
8253 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
8254 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
8255 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
8256 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
8257 | |
8258 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
8259 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
8260 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
8261 | |
8262 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
8263 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
8264 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
8265 | |
8266 ;;;*** | |
8267 | |
8268 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
39611 | 8269 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15293 42343)) |
28212 | 8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el |
25876 | 8271 |
8272 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8273 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
8274 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
8275 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
8276 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
8277 | |
8278 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8279 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
8280 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
8281 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
8282 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
8283 | |
8284 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8285 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
8286 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
8287 or to send e-mail. | |
8288 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
8289 | |
8290 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
8291 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
8292 | |
8293 ;;;*** | |
8294 | |
39611 | 8295 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15292 25968)) |
25876 | 8296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
8297 | |
8298 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
8299 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
8300 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
8301 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
8302 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
8303 | |
8304 ;;;*** | |
8305 | |
8306 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
39437 | 8307 ;;;;;; (15263 18995)) |
25876 | 8308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
8309 | |
8310 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
8311 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8312 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8313 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8314 | |
8315 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
8316 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8317 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8318 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8319 | |
8320 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
8321 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8322 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8323 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8324 | |
8325 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
8326 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8327 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8328 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
8329 | |
8330 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
8331 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
8332 | |
8333 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
8334 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8335 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8336 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8337 | |
8338 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
8339 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
8340 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8341 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8342 | |
8343 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
8344 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
8345 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
8346 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
8347 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
8348 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
8349 | |
8350 ;;;*** | |
8351 | |
39611 | 8352 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15192 |
8353 ;;;;;; 12238)) | |
25876 | 8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
8355 | |
8356 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
8357 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
8358 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
8359 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
8360 | |
8361 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
8362 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
8363 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
8364 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
8365 | |
8366 ;;;*** | |
8367 | |
25998 | 8368 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
39611 | 8369 ;;;;;; (15192 12239)) |
25876 | 8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
8371 | |
8372 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 8373 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
8374 | |
8375 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
8376 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
8377 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
8378 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
8379 | |
8380 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
8381 | |
8382 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
8383 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
8384 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
8385 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
8386 to be updated." t nil) | |
8387 | |
8388 ;;;*** | |
8389 | |
39732 | 8390 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-mode) "help" "help.el" (15298 55781)) |
8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from help.el | |
8392 | |
8393 (autoload (quote describe-mode) "help" "\ | |
8394 Display documentation of current major mode and minor modes. | |
8395 The major mode description comes first, followed by the minor modes, | |
8396 each on a separate page. | |
8397 For this to work correctly for a minor mode, the mode's indicator variable | |
8398 \(listed in `minor-mode-alist') must also be a function whose documentation | |
8399 describes the minor mode." t nil) | |
8400 | |
8401 ;;;*** | |
8402 | |
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function | |
8404 ;;;;;; locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-funs" "help-funs.el" | |
8405 ;;;;;; (15298 55608)) | |
8406 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-funs.el | |
8407 | |
8408 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-funs" "\ | |
8409 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial. | |
8410 If there is a tutorial version written in the language | |
8411 of the selected language environment, that version is used. | |
8412 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected. | |
8413 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil) | |
8414 | |
8415 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-funs" "\ | |
8416 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY. | |
8417 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library' | |
8418 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load. | |
8419 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `.elc' or `.el' | |
8420 to the specified name LIBRARY. | |
8421 | |
8422 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories | |
8423 is used instead of `load-path'. | |
8424 | |
8425 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a | |
8426 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t, | |
8427 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil) | |
8428 | |
8429 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-funs" "\ | |
8430 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil) | |
8431 | |
8432 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-funs" "\ | |
8433 Return the bound variable symbol found around point. | |
8434 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil) | |
8435 | |
8436 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-funs" "\ | |
8437 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol). | |
8438 Returns the documentation as a string, also. | |
8439 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer), | |
8440 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil) | |
8441 | |
8442 ;;;*** | |
8443 | |
25998 | 8444 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" |
39611 | 8445 ;;;;;; (15192 12211)) |
25876 | 8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
8447 | |
8448 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
8449 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
8450 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
8451 and window listing and describing the options. | |
8452 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
8453 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
8454 | |
8455 ;;;*** | |
8456 | |
39732 | 8457 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button |
8458 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup | |
8459 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15298 54621)) | |
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el | |
8461 | |
8462 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\ | |
8463 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it. | |
8464 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'. | |
8465 Commands: | |
8466 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8467 | |
8468 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil) | |
8469 | |
8470 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil) | |
8471 | |
8472 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\ | |
8473 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info. | |
8474 | |
8475 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help | |
8476 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the | |
8477 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of | |
8478 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared." nil nil) | |
8479 | |
8480 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\ | |
8481 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER. | |
8482 | |
8483 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if | |
8484 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by | |
8485 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection | |
8486 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...' | |
8487 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding | |
8488 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | |
8489 | |
8490 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also | |
8491 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment | |
8492 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate | |
8493 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | |
8494 | |
8495 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of | |
8496 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for | |
8497 that." t nil) | |
8498 | |
8499 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | |
8500 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched. | |
8501 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched | |
8502 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are | |
8503 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | |
8504 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil) | |
8505 | |
8506 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | |
8507 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it. | |
8508 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed | |
8509 to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | |
8510 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil) | |
8511 | |
8512 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\ | |
8513 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil) | |
8514 | |
8515 ;;;*** | |
8516 | |
25876 | 8517 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" |
39611 | 8518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15192 12223)) |
25876 | 8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
8520 | |
8521 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
8522 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
8523 | |
8524 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
8525 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
8526 | |
8527 ;;;*** | |
8528 | |
8529 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
39437 | 8530 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15279 8859)) |
25876 | 8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
8532 | |
8533 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 8534 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
8535 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
8536 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
8537 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 8538 |
8539 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
8540 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
8541 | |
8542 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
8543 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
8544 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
8545 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
8546 | |
8547 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
8548 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
8549 periods. | |
8550 | |
8551 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
8552 in hexl format. | |
8553 | |
8554 A sample format: | |
8555 | |
8556 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
8557 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
8558 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
8559 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
8560 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
8561 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
8562 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
8563 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
8564 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
8565 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
8566 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
8567 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
8568 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
8569 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
8570 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
8571 | |
8572 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
8573 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
8574 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
8575 | |
8576 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
8577 also supported. | |
8578 | |
8579 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
8580 | |
8581 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
8582 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
8583 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
8584 | |
8585 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
8586 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
8587 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
8588 | |
8589 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
8590 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8591 | |
8592 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
8593 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8594 | |
8595 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
8596 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8597 | |
8598 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
8599 | |
8600 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
8601 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
8602 | |
25998 | 8603 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 8604 |
8605 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
8606 | |
8607 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
8608 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
8609 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
8610 | |
8611 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
8612 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
8613 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
8614 | |
8615 ;;;*** | |
8616 | |
30565 | 8617 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer |
36101 | 8618 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer |
39437 | 8619 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15251 |
8620 ;;;;;; 11795)) | |
30565 | 8621 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el |
8622 | |
8623 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces)) | |
8624 | |
8625 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ | |
8626 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") | |
8627 | |
8628 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8629 | |
8630 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock)) | |
8631 | |
8632 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8633 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. | |
8634 | |
8635 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also | |
36101 | 8636 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" |
30565 | 8637 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, |
8638 which can be called interactively, are: | |
8639 | |
8640 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
8641 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8642 | |
36101 | 8643 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE |
8644 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE. | |
8645 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches | |
8646 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.) | |
8647 | |
30565 | 8648 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE |
8649 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8650 | |
8651 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP | |
8652 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. | |
8653 | |
8654 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] | |
8655 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will | |
8656 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command | |
8657 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. | |
8658 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], | |
8659 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. | |
8660 | |
8661 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] | |
8662 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). | |
8663 | |
8664 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the | |
8665 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: | |
8666 Hi-lock: FOO | |
8667 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords | |
8668 already present. The patterns must start before position (number | |
8669 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns | |
8670 will be read until | |
8671 Hi-lock: end | |
8672 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil) | |
8673 | |
8674 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) | |
8675 | |
8676 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8677 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE. |
30565 | 8678 |
8679 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8680 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8681 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8682 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8683 | |
8684 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) | |
8685 | |
8686 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8687 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE. |
30565 | 8688 |
8689 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8690 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8691 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8692 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8693 | |
36101 | 8694 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)) |
8695 | |
8696 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8697 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE. | |
8698 | |
8699 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial | |
8700 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil) | |
8701 | |
30565 | 8702 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) |
8703 | |
8704 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8705 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock. |
30565 | 8706 |
8707 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted | |
8708 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock | |
36101 | 8709 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) |
30565 | 8710 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. |
8711 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil) | |
8712 | |
8713 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8714 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. | |
8715 | |
8716 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using | |
8717 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can | |
8718 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil) | |
8719 | |
8720 ;;;*** | |
8721 | |
25876 | 8722 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially |
39611 | 8723 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15192 12243)) |
25876 | 8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
8725 | |
25998 | 8726 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
8727 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
8728 | |
25876 | 8729 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
8730 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
8731 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
8732 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
8733 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
8734 how the hiding is done: | |
8735 | |
8736 hide-ifdef-env | |
8737 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
8738 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8739 is used. | |
8740 | |
8741 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
8742 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
8743 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8744 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8745 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
8746 | |
8747 hide-ifdef-lines | |
8748 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
8749 #endif lines when hiding. | |
8750 | |
8751 hide-ifdef-initially | |
8752 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
8753 is activated. | |
8754 | |
8755 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
8756 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
8757 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
8758 | |
8759 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8760 | |
8761 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
8762 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
8763 | |
8764 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
8765 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
8766 | |
8767 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
8768 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
8769 | |
8770 ;;;*** | |
8771 | |
27016 | 8772 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
39611 | 8773 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15243 30330)) |
25876 | 8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
8775 | |
8776 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
27016 | 8777 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
8778 | |
8779 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
25876 | 8780 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
27016 | 8781 Each element has the form |
25876 | 8782 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
27016 | 8783 |
8784 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
8785 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
8786 | |
8787 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
8788 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
8789 | |
8790 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
8791 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
8792 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
8793 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
8794 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
8795 | |
8796 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
8797 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
8798 | |
8799 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
8800 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
8801 | |
8802 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
8803 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
8804 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
25876 | 8805 |
8806 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
8807 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
8808 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
8809 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
8810 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
8811 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
8812 | |
8813 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
32115 | 8814 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also |
27016 | 8815 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. |
25876 | 8816 |
8817 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
8818 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
8819 | |
27949 | 8820 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
8821 | |
25876 | 8822 Key bindings: |
8823 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8824 | |
8825 ;;;*** | |
8826 | |
8827 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
8828 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
8829 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
39611 | 8830 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
8832 | |
25998 | 8833 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
8834 | |
25876 | 8835 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
31388 | 8836 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. |
25876 | 8837 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) |
8838 | |
8839 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8840 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
8841 | |
31388 | 8842 Without an argument: |
8843 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active | |
8844 or passive state as determined by the variable | |
8845 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active | |
8846 and passive state. | |
8847 | |
8848 With an argument ARG: | |
8849 If ARG is positive, set state to active; | |
8850 If ARG is zero, set state to passive; | |
8851 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
8852 | |
8853 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
25876 | 8854 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are |
8855 not displayed in a different face. | |
8856 | |
8857 Functions: | |
8858 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
8859 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
8860 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
8861 buffer with the contents of a file | |
8862 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
8863 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
8864 various faces. | |
8865 | |
8866 Hook variables: | |
31388 | 8867 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. |
8868 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state | |
8869 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
25876 | 8870 |
8871 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8872 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8873 | |
8874 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8875 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8876 | |
8877 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8878 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
8879 | |
31388 | 8880 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element |
8881 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in | |
25876 | 8882 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain |
8883 shown in the last face in the list. | |
8884 | |
8885 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
31388 | 8886 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the |
25876 | 8887 buffer to be saved): |
31388 | 8888 |
8889 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil) | |
25876 | 8890 |
8891 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8892 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
8893 | |
8894 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
31388 | 8895 and must not be read-only. |
8896 | |
8897 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when | |
8898 this function is called interactively. | |
8899 | |
8900 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it | |
8901 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is | |
8902 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
8903 | |
8904 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
8905 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
25876 | 8906 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) |
8907 | |
8908 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8909 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
8910 | |
8911 When called interactively: | |
8912 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
8913 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
8914 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
8915 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
8916 | |
8917 When called from a program: | |
8918 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
31388 | 8919 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode |
8920 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode | |
25876 | 8921 - otherwise just turn it on |
8922 | |
8923 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
8924 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
8925 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
31388 | 8926 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) |
25876 | 8927 |
8928 ;;;*** | |
8929 | |
8930 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
8931 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
8932 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 8933 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
39611 | 8934 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
8936 | |
8937 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
8938 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
8939 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
8940 or insert functions in this list.") | |
8941 | |
8942 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
8943 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
8944 | |
8945 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
8946 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
8947 | |
8948 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
8949 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
8950 | |
8951 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
8952 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
8953 | |
8954 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
8955 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
8956 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
8957 | |
8958 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
8959 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
8960 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8961 \(as atoms)") | |
8962 | |
8963 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
8964 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
8965 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8966 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
8967 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
8968 | |
8969 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8970 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
8971 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
8972 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
8973 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
8974 expansions. | |
8975 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
8976 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
8977 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
8978 | |
8979 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8980 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
8981 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
8982 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
8983 | |
8984 ;;;*** | |
8985 | |
39050 | 8986 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
39611 | 8987 ;;;;;; (15240 62497)) |
25998 | 8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
8989 | |
8990 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
39050 | 8991 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
25998 | 8992 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
8993 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
8994 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
8995 | |
39050 | 8996 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\ |
8997 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled. | |
8998 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
8999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9000 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.") | |
9001 | |
9002 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9003 | |
9004 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
9005 | |
9006 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
9007 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer. | |
9008 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9009 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | |
9010 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil) | |
9011 | |
25998 | 9012 ;;;*** |
9013 | |
38398 | 9014 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
39611 | 9015 ;;;;;; (15122 26745)) |
25876 | 9016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el |
9017 | |
38398 | 9018 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\ |
9019 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month. | |
9020 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
9021 | |
9022 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
9023 | |
25876 | 9024 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ |
9025 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
9026 | |
9027 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
9028 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
9029 | |
9030 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
9031 | |
9032 ;;;*** | |
9033 | |
9034 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
36101 | 9035 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616)) |
35196 | 9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el |
25876 | 9037 |
9038 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9039 This function is obsolete. |
9040 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9041 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil) | |
25876 | 9042 |
9043 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9044 This function is obsolete. |
9045 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9046 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil) | |
25876 | 9047 |
9048 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9049 This function is obsolete. |
9050 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9051 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil) | |
25876 | 9052 |
9053 ;;;*** | |
9054 | |
9055 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
39611 | 9056 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15054 32535)) |
25876 | 9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
9058 | |
9059 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
37203 | 9060 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. |
9061 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil) | |
25876 | 9062 |
9063 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
9064 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
9065 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
9066 | |
9067 ;;;*** | |
9068 | |
35668 | 9069 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223)) |
25876 | 9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
9071 | |
9072 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
9073 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
9074 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
9075 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
9076 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
9077 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
9078 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
9079 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
9080 icon-tab-always-indent | |
9081 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
9082 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
9083 icon-auto-newline | |
9084 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
9085 inserted in Icon code. | |
9086 icon-indent-level | |
9087 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
9088 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
9089 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
9090 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
9091 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
9092 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
9093 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
9094 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
9095 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
9096 icon-brace-offset | |
9097 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
9098 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
9099 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
9100 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
9101 | |
9102 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
9103 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
9104 | |
9105 ;;;*** | |
9106 | |
27321 | 9107 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
39611 | 9108 ;;;;;; (15192 12243)) |
27321 | 9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
9110 | |
9111 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
9112 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
9113 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
9114 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
9115 | |
9116 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
9117 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
9118 separate frames. | |
9119 | |
9120 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
9121 | |
9122 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
9123 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
9124 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
9125 | |
9126 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
9127 | |
9128 ;;;*** | |
9129 | |
27016 | 9130 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
39611 | 9131 ;;;;;; (15192 12244)) |
27016 | 9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
9133 | |
9134 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
9135 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
9136 | |
9137 The main features of this mode are | |
9138 | |
9139 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
9140 -------------------------- | |
9141 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
9142 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
9143 | |
9144 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
9145 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
9146 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
9147 that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
9148 | |
9149 Comments are indented as follows: | |
9150 | |
9151 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
9152 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
9153 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
9154 | |
9155 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
9156 | |
9157 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
9158 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
9159 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
9160 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
9161 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
9162 | |
9163 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
9164 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
9165 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
9166 | |
9167 2. Routine Info | |
9168 ------------ | |
9169 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
9170 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
9171 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
9172 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
9173 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
9174 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
30565 | 9175 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). |
9176 | |
9177 3. Online IDL Help | |
9178 --------------- | |
9179 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant | |
9180 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key | |
9181 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional | |
9182 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must | |
9183 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. | |
9184 | |
9185 4. Completion | |
27016 | 9186 ---------- |
30565 | 9187 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions |
9188 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and | |
9189 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). | |
9190 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in | |
9191 mixed or upper case. | |
9192 | |
9193 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
27016 | 9194 -------------------------------- |
9195 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
9196 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
9197 | |
9198 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
9199 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
9200 \\c CASE statement template | |
35196 | 9201 \\sw SWITCH statement template |
27016 | 9202 \\f FOR loop template |
9203 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
9204 \\w WHILE loop template | |
9205 \\i IF statement template | |
9206 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
9207 \\b BEGIN | |
9208 | |
9209 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
9210 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
9211 | |
9212 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
9213 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
9214 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
9215 | |
30565 | 9216 6. Automatic Case Conversion |
27016 | 9217 ------------------------- |
9218 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
9219 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
9220 | |
30565 | 9221 7. Automatic END completion |
27016 | 9222 ------------------------ |
9223 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
9224 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
9225 | |
30565 | 9226 8. Hooks |
27016 | 9227 ----- |
9228 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
9229 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
9230 | |
30565 | 9231 9. Documentation and Customization |
27016 | 9232 ------------------------------- |
9233 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
9234 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
9235 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
9236 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
9237 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
9238 | |
30565 | 9239 10.Keybindings |
27016 | 9240 ----------- |
9241 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
9242 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
9243 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
9244 | |
9245 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
9246 | |
9247 ;;;*** | |
9248 | |
33357 | 9249 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346)) |
25876 | 9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
9251 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
9252 | |
9253 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
9254 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
9255 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
9256 | |
9257 ;;;*** | |
9258 | |
28724 | 9259 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image |
9260 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | |
39611 | 9261 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15234 20126)) |
25876 | 9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
9263 | |
27321 | 9264 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
9265 Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
9266 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
9267 be determined." nil nil) | |
9268 | |
25876 | 9269 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
9270 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
9271 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
9272 be determined." nil nil) | |
9273 | |
9274 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
9275 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
9276 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
9277 | |
9278 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
27321 | 9279 Create an image. |
9280 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
25876 | 9281 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
27321 | 9282 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
9283 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
35196 | 9284 use its file extension as image type. |
27321 | 9285 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. |
25876 | 9286 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
32115 | 9287 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. |
25876 | 9288 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) |
9289 | |
9290 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 9291 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 9292 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 9293 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
9294 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
29505 | 9295 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. |
25876 | 9296 POS may be an integer or marker. |
9297 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
9298 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
9299 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 9300 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 9301 |
9302 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
9303 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 9304 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
29505 | 9305 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is |
9306 defaulted if you omit it. | |
25876 | 9307 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
9308 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
9309 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 9310 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 9311 |
9312 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
9313 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
9314 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
9315 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
9316 | |
28724 | 9317 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ |
9318 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | |
9319 | |
29505 | 9320 SPECS is a list of image specifications. |
28724 | 9321 |
9322 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
9323 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
9324 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
9325 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
9326 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
29505 | 9327 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE |
9328 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image | |
9329 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is | |
9330 satisfied. | |
9331 | |
9332 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
28724 | 9333 |
25876 | 9334 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ |
9335 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
9336 | |
9337 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
9338 documentation string. | |
9339 | |
9340 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
9341 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
27321 | 9342 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
9343 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
9344 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
9345 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
9346 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
9347 define SYMBOL. | |
25876 | 9348 |
9349 Example: | |
9350 | |
9351 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
9352 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
9353 | |
9354 ;;;*** | |
9355 | |
33002 | 9356 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp |
9357 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" | |
39050 | 9358 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15205 22594)) |
32115 | 9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el |
9360 | |
36538 | 9361 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\ |
33002 | 9362 *A list of image-file filename extensions. |
9363 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, | |
9364 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. | |
9365 | |
9366 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, | |
9367 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
9368 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the | |
9369 variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
9370 | |
9371 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\ | |
9372 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. | |
9373 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, | |
9374 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. | |
9375 | |
9376 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is | |
9377 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
9378 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the | |
9379 variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
9380 | |
32115 | 9381 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\ |
33002 | 9382 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil) |
9383 | |
9384 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\ | |
9385 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. | |
9386 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for | |
9387 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil) | |
32115 | 9388 |
9389 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\ | |
36101 | 9390 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled. |
33357 | 9391 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 9392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
9393 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.") | |
9394 | |
9395 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9396 | |
9397 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file)) | |
9398 | |
9399 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\ | |
9400 Toggle visiting of image files as images. | |
9401 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
9402 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
9403 | |
9404 Image files are those whose name has an extension in | |
9405 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in | |
9406 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil) | |
9407 | |
9408 ;;;*** | |
9409 | |
25876 | 9410 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar |
39611 | 9411 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
9413 | |
9414 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
9415 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
9416 | |
9417 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
9418 | |
9419 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
9420 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
9421 in the buffer. | |
9422 | |
9423 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
9424 | |
9425 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
9426 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
9427 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
9428 | |
9429 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
9430 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
9431 | |
9432 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
9433 to create a buffer index. | |
9434 | |
9435 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
9436 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
9437 or like this: | |
9438 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
9439 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
9440 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
30565 | 9441 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) |
9442 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
25876 | 9443 |
9444 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
9445 entries are not nested. | |
9446 | |
9447 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
9448 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
9449 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
9450 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
9451 | |
9452 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
9453 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
9454 | |
9455 The variable is buffer-local. | |
9456 | |
9457 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
36101 | 9458 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be |
25876 | 9459 used to alter the syntax table for the search. |
9460 | |
9461 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
36101 | 9462 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the |
9463 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax | |
9464 during matching.") | |
25876 | 9465 |
9466 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
9467 | |
9468 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
9469 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
9470 | |
9471 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
9472 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
9473 | |
9474 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
9475 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
9476 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
9477 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
9478 if it is a sub-alist. | |
9479 | |
9480 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
9481 | |
9482 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
9483 | |
9484 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
9485 | |
9486 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
9487 Function for finding the next index position. | |
9488 | |
9489 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
9490 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
9491 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
9492 file. | |
9493 | |
9494 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
9495 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
9496 | |
9497 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9498 | |
9499 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
9500 | |
9501 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
9502 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
9503 | |
9504 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
9505 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
9506 It should return the name for that index item. | |
9507 | |
9508 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9509 | |
9510 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
9511 | |
25998 | 9512 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
9513 Function to compare string with index item. | |
9514 | |
9515 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
9516 non-nil if they match. | |
9517 | |
9518 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
9519 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
9520 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
9521 arguments match\". | |
9522 | |
9523 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9524 | |
9525 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
9526 | |
25876 | 9527 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
9528 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
9529 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
9530 | |
9531 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
9532 | |
35744 | 9533 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist)) |
9534 | |
25876 | 9535 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) |
9536 | |
9537 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
9538 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
9539 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
9540 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
9541 | |
9542 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
9543 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
9544 | |
9545 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
9546 | |
9547 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
9548 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
9549 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
9550 for more information." t nil) | |
9551 | |
9552 ;;;*** | |
9553 | |
25998 | 9554 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
33357 | 9555 ;;;;;; (14821 31354)) |
25998 | 9556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el |
25876 | 9557 |
9558 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
9559 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
9560 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
33002 | 9561 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword |
25876 | 9562 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") |
9563 | |
9564 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
9565 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
9566 | |
9567 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
9568 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
9569 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
9570 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
9571 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
9572 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
9573 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
9574 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
9575 | |
9576 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
9577 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
9578 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
33002 | 9579 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the |
25876 | 9580 Inferior Lisp buffer. |
9581 | |
31388 | 9582 This variable is only used if the variable |
9583 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | |
9584 | |
25876 | 9585 More precise choices: |
9586 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
9587 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
9588 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
9589 | |
9590 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
9591 | |
9592 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
9593 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
9594 | |
9595 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
9596 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
9597 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
9598 to that buffer. | |
9599 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
9600 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
9601 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
9602 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
9603 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
9604 | |
9605 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
9606 | |
9607 ;;;*** | |
9608 | |
9609 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
28710 | 9610 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone |
39611 | 9611 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15292 25968)) |
25876 | 9612 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
9613 | |
9614 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
9615 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
9616 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
9617 | |
9618 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
9619 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
9620 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
9621 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 9622 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
9623 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 9624 |
9625 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
9626 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
9627 | |
9628 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
29505 | 9629 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' |
25876 | 9630 in all the directories in that path." t nil) |
9631 | |
9632 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
9633 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
9634 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
9635 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
9636 | |
28710 | 9637 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ |
9638 Go to the Info directory node." t nil) | |
9639 | |
25876 | 9640 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ |
9641 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
35196 | 9642 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
25876 | 9643 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
9644 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
9645 | |
9646 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
35196 | 9647 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY. |
9648 KEY is a string. | |
30565 | 9649 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. |
35196 | 9650 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
25876 | 9651 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
9652 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
9653 | |
9654 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
9655 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
9656 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
9657 | |
9658 ;;;*** | |
9659 | |
9660 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
9661 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
39611 | 9662 ;;;;;; (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
9664 | |
9665 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
9666 Throw away all cached data. | |
9667 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
9668 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
9669 system." t nil) | |
9670 | |
9671 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
9672 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
9673 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
9674 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
9675 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 9676 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
9677 | |
9678 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 9679 |
9680 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
9681 Display the documentation of a file. | |
9682 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
9683 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
9684 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 9685 The default file name is the one found at point. |
9686 | |
9687 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 9688 |
9689 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
9690 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
9691 | |
9692 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
9693 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
9694 | |
9695 ;;;*** | |
9696 | |
9697 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
39611 | 9698 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 9699 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
9700 | |
9701 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
9702 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
9703 | |
9704 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
9705 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
9706 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
9707 | |
9708 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
9709 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
9710 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
9711 | |
9712 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
9713 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
9714 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
9715 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
9716 | |
9717 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
9718 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
9719 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
9720 | |
9721 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
9722 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
9723 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
9724 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
9725 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
9726 | |
9727 ;;;*** | |
9728 | |
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
9730 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
39611 | 9731 ;;;;;; (15251 43415)) |
25876 | 9732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
9733 | |
9734 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
9735 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
9736 | |
9737 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
9738 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
9739 | |
9740 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
9741 | |
9742 ;;;*** | |
9743 | |
9744 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
36101 | 9745 ;;;;;; (14388 11031)) |
25876 | 9746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
9747 | |
9748 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
9749 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
9750 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
9751 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
9752 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
9753 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
9754 | |
9755 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
9756 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
9757 | |
9758 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
9759 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
9760 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
9761 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
9762 /a gives a with ring. | |
9763 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
9764 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
9765 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
9766 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
9767 | |
9768 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
9769 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
9770 | |
9771 ;;;*** | |
9772 | |
9773 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
28523 | 9774 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso |
9775 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | |
39611 | 9776 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
9778 | |
9779 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9780 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
9781 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9782 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9783 |
9784 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9785 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
9786 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9787 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9788 |
9789 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9790 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
9791 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9792 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9793 |
9794 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9795 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9796 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9797 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9798 |
9799 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9800 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9801 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9802 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9803 |
9804 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9805 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
9806 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9807 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9808 |
9809 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9810 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
9811 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9812 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9813 |
28523 | 9814 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ |
9815 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | |
9816 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
35196 | 9817 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
28523 | 9818 |
9819 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9820 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9821 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
35196 | 9822 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
28523 | 9823 |
25876 | 9824 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
9825 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
9826 | |
9827 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9828 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
9829 | |
9830 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9831 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
9832 | |
9833 ;;;*** | |
9834 | |
9835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
39611 | 9836 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 9837 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
9838 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
9839 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
9840 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
9841 | |
9842 ;;;*** | |
9843 | |
30565 | 9844 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag |
25876 | 9845 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings |
9846 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
37617 | 9847 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist |
9848 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary) | |
39437 | 9849 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15260 30414)) |
25998 | 9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 9851 |
28710 | 9852 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9853 Non nil if using XEmacs.") |
9854 | |
28710 | 9855 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9856 Non nil if using emacs version 18.") |
9857 | |
28710 | 9858 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9859 Non nil if using emacs version 20.") |
9860 | |
25876 | 9861 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
9862 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
9863 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
9864 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
9865 | |
9866 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
9867 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
9868 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
9869 | |
31388 | 9870 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 9871 |
9872 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
9873 | |
31388 | 9874 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
9875 | |
39437 | 9876 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1)))) |
9877 | |
9878 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1)))) | |
9879 | |
9880 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
25876 | 9881 |
9882 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
9883 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
9884 | |
9885 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
9886 | |
9887 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
9888 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
9889 | |
9890 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
9891 nil means the default dictionary. | |
9892 | |
9893 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
9894 word. | |
9895 | |
9896 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
9897 | |
9898 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
9899 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
9900 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
9901 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
9902 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
9903 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
9904 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
9905 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
9906 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
9907 | |
9908 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
9909 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
9910 single word. | |
9911 | |
9912 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
9913 subprocess. | |
9914 | |
9915 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
9916 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
9917 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
9918 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
9919 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
9920 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
9921 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
9922 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
9923 | |
9924 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
9925 | |
9926 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
9927 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
9928 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
9929 | |
9930 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
9931 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
9932 | |
9933 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
9934 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
9935 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
9936 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
9937 | |
28710 | 9938 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload))) |
9939 | |
33357 | 9940 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))) |
9941 | |
9942 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) | |
9943 | |
9944 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) | |
9945 | |
9946 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
31388 | 9947 |
9948 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ | |
25876 | 9949 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. |
9950 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
9951 Valid forms include: | |
9952 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
9953 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
9954 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
9955 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
9956 | |
31388 | 9957 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ |
25876 | 9958 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. |
9959 First list is used raw. | |
9960 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
9961 | |
9962 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
9963 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
9964 | |
9965 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
9966 | |
9967 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
9968 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
9969 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
9970 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
9971 | |
9972 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
9973 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
9974 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
9975 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
9976 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
9977 | |
9978 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
9979 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
9980 | |
9981 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
9982 | |
9983 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
27321 | 9984 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
9985 | |
9986 return values: | |
9987 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. | |
9988 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
9989 \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
9990 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
9991 quit spell session exited." t nil) | |
25876 | 9992 |
37617 | 9993 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\ |
9994 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified. | |
9995 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil) | |
9996 | |
25876 | 9997 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ |
9998 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
9999 | |
10000 Selections are: | |
10001 | |
10002 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
10003 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
10004 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
10005 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
10006 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
10007 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
10008 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
10009 `?': Show these commands. | |
10010 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
10011 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
10012 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
10013 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
10014 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
10015 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
10016 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
10017 `C-l': redraws screen | |
10018 `C-r': recursive edit | |
10019 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
10020 | |
10021 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
10022 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
10023 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
10024 | |
10025 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
10026 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
10027 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
10028 | |
10029 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
10030 | |
37617 | 10031 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil) |
25876 | 10032 |
10033 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
10034 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
27321 | 10035 Return nil if spell session is quit, |
10036 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil) | |
25876 | 10037 |
10038 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
10039 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
10040 | |
10041 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
10042 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
10043 | |
10044 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
10045 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
10046 | |
10047 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
10048 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
10049 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
10050 sequence inside of a word. | |
10051 | |
10052 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
10053 | |
10054 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
10055 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
10056 | |
30565 | 10057 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ |
10058 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. | |
31388 | 10059 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check |
35196 | 10060 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer. |
10061 | |
10062 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are | |
10063 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell | |
10064 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries | |
10065 available on the net." t nil) | |
30565 | 10066 |
25876 | 10067 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ |
10068 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
10069 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
31388 | 10070 |
25876 | 10071 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET |
10072 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
10073 | |
10074 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
10075 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
10076 | |
10077 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
10078 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
10079 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
10080 Don't check included messages. | |
10081 | |
10082 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
10083 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
10084 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
10085 | |
10086 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
10087 in your .emacs file: | |
10088 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
10089 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
10090 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
10091 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
10092 | |
10093 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
10094 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
10095 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
10096 | |
10097 ;;;*** | |
10098 | |
32115 | 10099 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer |
25876 | 10100 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings |
32115 | 10101 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" |
39050 | 10102 ;;;;;; (15244 46382)) |
25876 | 10103 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
10104 | |
32115 | 10105 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\ |
10106 Toggle Iswitchb mode. | |
10107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10108 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.") | |
10109 | |
33002 | 10110 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
10111 | |
10112 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb)) | |
10113 | |
25876 | 10114 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ |
10115 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
32115 | 10116 Return the name of a buffer selected. |
25876 | 10117 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default |
10118 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
10119 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
10120 | |
10121 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10122 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
10123 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
32115 | 10124 adds a hook to the minibuffer. |
10125 | |
10126 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil) | |
25876 | 10127 |
10128 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10129 Switch to another buffer. | |
10130 | |
10131 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
10132 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
10133 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
10134 in another frame. | |
10135 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10136 | |
10137 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10138 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
10139 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10140 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10141 | |
10142 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10143 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
10144 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10145 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10146 | |
10147 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10148 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
10149 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10150 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10151 | |
32115 | 10152 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\ |
10153 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. | |
10154 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
10155 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See | |
10156 `iswitchb' for details." t nil) | |
10157 | |
25876 | 10158 ;;;*** |
10159 | |
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
10161 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
28919 | 10162 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) |
39611 | 10163 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 10164 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
10165 | |
10166 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
10167 | |
10168 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
10169 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
10170 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10171 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
10172 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
10173 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
10174 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
10175 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
10176 | |
10177 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
10178 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
10179 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10180 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
10181 | |
10182 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
10183 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
10184 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10185 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
10186 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
10187 | |
10188 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
10189 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
10190 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10191 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
10192 | |
10193 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10194 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
10195 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
10196 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
10197 | |
10198 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10199 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
10200 | |
10201 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10202 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
10203 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
10204 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
10205 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
10206 | |
10207 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10208 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
10209 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
10210 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
10211 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
10212 | |
10213 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
10214 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
10215 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
10216 | |
10217 ;;;*** | |
10218 | |
39611 | 10219 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15192 |
10220 ;;;;;; 12212)) | |
25876 | 10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
10222 | |
33002 | 10223 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\ |
10224 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. | |
10225 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region | |
10226 that needs to be (re)fontified. | |
10227 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil) | |
10228 | |
10229 ;;;*** | |
10230 | |
10231 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode) | |
39611 | 10232 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 10234 |
10235 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
38452 | 10236 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled. |
33357 | 10237 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 10238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
10239 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
10240 | |
10241 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10242 | |
10243 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
32115 | 10244 |
10245 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | |
25876 | 10246 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. |
10247 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
32115 | 10248 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil) |
25876 | 10249 |
33002 | 10250 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ |
10251 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro)) | |
10252 | |
25876 | 10253 ;;;*** |
10254 | |
10255 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
39611 | 10256 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
10258 | |
10259 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
10260 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
10261 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
10262 | |
10263 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
10264 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
10265 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
10266 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
10267 shorter. | |
10268 | |
10269 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
10270 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
10271 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
10272 | |
10273 ;;;*** | |
10274 | |
39611 | 10275 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15192 |
10276 ;;;;;; 12231)) | |
25876 | 10277 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
10278 | |
30565 | 10279 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ |
10280 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. | |
10281 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from | |
10282 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this | |
10283 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer | |
10284 positions that contains the current selection.") | |
10285 | |
25876 | 10286 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ |
10287 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
10288 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
10289 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
10290 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
10291 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
10292 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
10293 | |
10294 ;;;*** | |
10295 | |
28919 | 10296 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" |
39611 | 10297 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 10298 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
10299 | |
25998 | 10300 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 10301 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
10302 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
10303 | |
10304 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
10305 | |
10306 ;;;*** | |
10307 | |
10308 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
39611 | 10309 ;;;;;; (15192 12239)) |
25876 | 10310 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
10311 | |
10312 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
10313 | |
10314 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
10315 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
10316 | |
10317 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
10318 | |
10319 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
10320 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
10321 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
10322 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
10323 | |
10324 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
10325 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10326 none / 1 | yes | no | |
10327 2 | yes | yes | |
10328 3 | no | yes | |
10329 4 | no | no | |
10330 | |
10331 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
10332 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
10333 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
10334 | |
10335 ;;;*** | |
10336 | |
28919 | 10337 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
10338 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string) | |
39611 | 10339 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
10341 | |
26899 | 10342 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
10343 | |
10344 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
10345 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
10346 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
10347 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
10348 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
10349 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
10350 | |
10351 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
10352 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
10353 | |
10354 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
10355 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
10356 | |
10357 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
10358 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
10359 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
10360 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
10361 to compose. | |
10362 | |
10363 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
10364 | |
28919 | 10365 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil) |
10366 | |
25876 | 10367 ;;;*** |
10368 | |
32115 | 10369 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" |
39611 | 10370 ;;;;;; (15054 32560)) |
32115 | 10371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el |
10372 | |
10373 (defvar latin1-display nil "\ | |
10374 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. | |
10375 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', | |
10376 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using | |
10377 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise | |
10378 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input | |
10379 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if | |
10380 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. | |
10381 | |
10382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10383 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.") | |
10384 | |
10385 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10386 | |
10387 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp)) | |
10388 | |
10389 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\ | |
10390 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. | |
10391 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list | |
10392 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the | |
10393 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil) | |
10394 | |
10395 ;;;*** | |
10396 | |
25876 | 10397 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" |
39611 | 10398 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15229 7095)) |
25876 | 10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
10400 | |
10401 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
10402 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
10403 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
10404 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
10405 | |
10406 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
10407 | |
10408 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
10409 | |
10410 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
10411 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
10412 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
10413 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
10414 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
10415 for large buffers. | |
10416 | |
10417 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
10418 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
10419 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
10420 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
10421 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
10422 | |
10423 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
10424 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
10425 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
10426 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
10427 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
10428 | |
10429 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
10430 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
10431 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
10432 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
10433 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
10434 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
10435 | |
10436 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
10437 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
10438 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
10439 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
10440 | |
10441 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
10442 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
10443 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
10444 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
10445 | |
10446 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
10447 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
10448 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
10449 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
10450 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
10451 | |
10452 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
10453 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
10454 | |
10455 ;;;*** | |
10456 | |
10457 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
39611 | 10458 ;;;;;; (15192 12213)) |
25876 | 10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
10460 | |
10461 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
10462 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
10463 | |
10464 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
10465 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
10466 | |
10467 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
10468 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
10469 | |
10470 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
10471 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
10472 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
10473 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
10474 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
10475 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
10476 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
10477 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
10478 and transmit saved text. | |
10479 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
10480 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
10481 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
10482 | |
10483 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
10484 | |
10485 ;;;*** | |
10486 | |
39611 | 10487 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15054 32569)) |
25876 | 10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
10489 | |
10490 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
10491 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
10492 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
10493 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
10494 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
10495 | |
10496 ;;;*** | |
10497 | |
35668 | 10498 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847 |
10499 ;;;;;; 14322)) | |
25876 | 10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
10501 | |
10502 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
10503 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
29505 | 10504 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE |
25876 | 10505 is nil, raise an error." t nil) |
10506 | |
10507 ;;;*** | |
10508 | |
10509 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
39611 | 10510 ;;;;;; (15258 1046)) |
25876 | 10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
10512 | |
10513 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10514 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10515 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 10516 |
10517 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 10518 Run the locate command with a filter. |
10519 | |
10520 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
10521 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 10522 |
10523 ;;;*** | |
10524 | |
39611 | 10525 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15122 26743)) |
28162 | 10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el |
10527 | |
10528 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | |
10529 Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | |
33357 | 10530 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. |
28162 | 10531 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. |
10532 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | |
10533 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | |
10534 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | |
35196 | 10535 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit. |
10536 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files | |
10537 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names). | |
10538 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the | |
10539 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it | |
10540 uses the current buffer." nil nil) | |
10541 | |
10542 ;;;*** | |
10543 | |
39611 | 10544 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14910 |
10545 ;;;;;; 483)) | |
28162 | 10546 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el |
10547 | |
10548 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | |
28288 | 10549 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil) |
28162 | 10550 |
10551 ;;;*** | |
10552 | |
25876 | 10553 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer |
39611 | 10554 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15192 |
10555 ;;;;;; 12214)) | |
25876 | 10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
10557 | |
35744 | 10558 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))) |
10559 | |
10560 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))) | |
10561 | |
10562 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\ | |
25876 | 10563 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. |
10564 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
10565 | |
10566 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
10567 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
10568 | |
10569 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
10570 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
10571 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
10572 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
10573 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
10574 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
10575 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
10576 | |
10577 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
10578 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
10579 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
10580 switch on this list. | |
10581 See `lpr-command'.") | |
10582 | |
35744 | 10583 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ |
25876 | 10584 *Name of program for printing a file. |
10585 | |
10586 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
10587 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
10588 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
10589 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
10590 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
10591 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
10592 argument.") | |
10593 | |
10594 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10595 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
10596 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10597 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10598 |
10599 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 10600 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
27016 | 10601 |
10602 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
10603 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
10604 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
10605 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
10606 | |
10607 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
10608 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
10609 | |
10610 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10611 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10612 |
10613 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10614 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
10615 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10616 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10617 |
10618 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10619 Paginate and print the region contents. |
10620 | |
10621 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
10622 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
10623 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
10624 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
10625 | |
10626 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
10627 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
10628 | |
10629 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10630 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10631 |
10632 ;;;*** | |
10633 | |
39611 | 10634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15192 12214)) |
25876 | 10635 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
10636 | |
35196 | 10637 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired)) |
25876 | 10638 |
10639 ;;;*** | |
10640 | |
39611 | 10641 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15192 |
10642 ;;;;;; 12221)) | |
25876 | 10643 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el |
10644 | |
10645 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
10646 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
10647 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
10648 | |
10649 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
10650 | |
10651 ;;;*** | |
10652 | |
39611 | 10653 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15192 |
10654 ;;;;;; 12244)) | |
25876 | 10655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
10656 | |
10657 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
10658 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
10659 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
10660 " t nil) | |
10661 | |
10662 ;;;*** | |
10663 | |
10664 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
39611 | 10665 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15192 12214)) |
25876 | 10666 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
10667 | |
10668 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
10669 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
10670 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
10671 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
10672 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
10673 | |
10674 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
10675 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
10676 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
10677 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
10678 | |
10679 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
10680 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
10681 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
10682 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
10683 bindings. | |
10684 | |
10685 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
10686 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
10687 | |
10688 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
10689 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
10690 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
10691 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
10692 each time the macro executes. | |
10693 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
10694 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
10695 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
10696 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
10697 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
10698 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
10699 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
10700 | |
10701 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
10702 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
10703 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
10704 | |
10705 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
10706 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
10707 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
10708 execute. | |
10709 | |
10710 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
10711 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
10712 | |
10713 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
10714 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
10715 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
10716 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
10717 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
10718 | |
10719 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
10720 looked like this: | |
10721 | |
10722 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
10723 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
10724 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
10725 | |
10726 You could enter the names in this format: | |
10727 | |
10728 foo | |
10729 bar | |
10730 baz | |
10731 | |
10732 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
10733 | |
10734 \\C-x ( | |
10735 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
10736 \\C-x ) | |
10737 | |
10738 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
10739 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
10740 " t nil) | |
10741 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
10742 | |
10743 ;;;*** | |
10744 | |
10745 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
39611 | 10746 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 10747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
10748 | |
10749 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
10750 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
10751 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
10752 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
10753 | |
10754 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
10755 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
10756 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
10757 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
10758 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
10759 | |
37203 | 10760 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible |
25876 | 10761 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. |
10762 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
10763 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
10764 | |
10765 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
10766 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
10767 | |
10768 ;;;*** | |
10769 | |
10770 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
10771 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
39611 | 10772 ;;;;;; (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 10773 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
10774 | |
10775 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
10776 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
10777 | |
10778 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
10779 | |
10780 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
10781 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
10782 | |
10783 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
10784 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
10785 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
10786 message. | |
10787 | |
10788 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
10789 | |
10790 ;;;*** | |
10791 | |
25998 | 10792 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
10793 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
39050 | 10794 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15205 |
39611 | 10795 ;;;;;; 21903)) |
25876 | 10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
10797 | |
10798 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
10799 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
10800 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
10801 often correct parser.") | |
10802 | |
10803 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
10804 | |
25998 | 10805 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
10806 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
10807 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10808 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
10809 | |
10810 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
10811 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
10812 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10813 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
10814 | |
10815 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
10816 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
10817 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10818 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
10819 | |
25876 | 10820 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
10821 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
10822 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
10823 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
10824 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
10825 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
10826 | |
10827 ;;;*** | |
10828 | |
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
39611 | 10830 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15293 42342)) |
25876 | 10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
10832 | |
10833 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10834 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
10835 | |
10836 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10837 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
10838 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
10839 | |
10840 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10841 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
10842 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
10843 | |
10844 ;;;*** | |
10845 | |
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
10847 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
27321 | 10848 ;;;;;; 15646)) |
25876 | 10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
10850 | |
10851 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
10852 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
10853 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
10854 king@grassland.com | |
10855 If `parens', they look like: | |
10856 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
10857 If `angles', they look like: | |
10858 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
10859 | |
10860 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
10861 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
10862 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
10863 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
10864 their `Resent-' variants. | |
10865 | |
10866 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
10867 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
10868 | |
10869 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
10870 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
10871 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
10872 | |
10873 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
10874 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
10875 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
10876 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
10877 | |
10878 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
10879 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
10880 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
10881 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
10882 | |
10883 ;;;*** | |
10884 | |
10885 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
39050 | 10886 ;;;;;; (15206 24016)) |
25876 | 10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
10888 | |
10889 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
10890 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
10891 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
10892 | |
10893 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
10894 | |
10895 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
10896 | |
10897 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
10898 | |
10899 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
10900 | |
10901 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
10902 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
10903 | |
10904 makefile-target-colon: | |
10905 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
10906 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
10907 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
10908 | |
10909 makefile-macro-assign: | |
10910 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
10911 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
10912 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 10913 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 10914 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
10915 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
10916 | |
10917 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
10918 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
10919 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
10920 | |
10921 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
10922 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
10923 | |
10924 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
10925 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
10926 up or down in the browser. | |
10927 | |
10928 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
10929 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
10930 | |
10931 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
10932 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
10933 | |
10934 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
10935 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
10936 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
10937 has been selected in the browser. | |
10938 | |
10939 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
10940 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
10941 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
10942 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
10943 filenames are omitted. | |
10944 | |
10945 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
26724 | 10946 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 10947 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
10948 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
10949 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
10950 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 10951 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 10952 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
10953 | |
10954 makefile-browser-hook: | |
10955 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
10956 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
10957 | |
10958 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
10959 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
10960 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
10961 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
10962 | |
10963 ;;;*** | |
10964 | |
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 10966 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
10968 | |
10969 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
10970 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
10971 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
10972 | |
10973 ;;;*** | |
10974 | |
39050 | 10975 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15243 17691)) |
25876 | 10976 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
10977 | |
10978 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
10979 | |
10980 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
10981 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
10982 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
10983 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
10984 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
10985 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
30565 | 10986 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. |
10987 | |
10988 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or | |
39050 | 10989 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from |
10990 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the | |
10991 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 10992 |
10993 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
10994 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
10995 | |
10996 ;;;*** | |
10997 | |
10998 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
10999 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
11000 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
11001 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
11002 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
11003 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
11004 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
11005 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
39611 | 11006 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15054 32558)) |
25876 | 11007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
11008 | |
11009 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
11010 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
11011 | |
35196 | 11012 If nil, they contain just the return address like: |
25876 | 11013 king@grassland.com |
11014 If `parens', they look like: | |
11015 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
11016 If `angles', they look like: | |
11017 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
11018 | |
11019 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
11020 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
11021 | |
11022 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
11023 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
11024 | |
11025 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
11026 *Local news organization file.") | |
11027 | |
11028 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
11029 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
11030 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
11031 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
11032 | |
32115 | 11033 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), |
35196 | 11034 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail', |
11035 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'. | |
11036 | |
11037 See also `send-mail-function'.") | |
25876 | 11038 |
11039 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
11040 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
11041 | |
11042 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
32115 | 11043 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.") |
25876 | 11044 |
11045 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
11046 *Function for citing an original message. | |
11047 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
11048 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
11049 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
11050 | |
11051 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
11052 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
11053 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
11054 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
11055 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
11056 | |
11057 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
11058 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
11059 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
11060 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
11061 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
11062 | |
11063 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
36101 | 11064 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer. |
11065 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist. | |
11066 If nil, don't insert a signature.") | |
25876 | 11067 |
32115 | 11068 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) |
25876 | 11069 |
11070 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
11071 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
35196 | 11072 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map> |
11073 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit' | |
11074 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message | |
25876 | 11075 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): |
11076 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
11077 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
11078 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
11079 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
11080 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
11081 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
35196 | 11082 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup) |
11083 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
11084 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text). | |
11085 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
11086 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
11087 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any). | |
11088 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked). | |
11089 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark). | |
11090 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region). | |
11091 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature). | |
11092 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body). | |
11093 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME). | |
11094 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil) | |
25876 | 11095 |
11096 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
11097 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
11098 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
11099 | |
11100 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
11101 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11102 | |
11103 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
11104 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
11105 | |
11106 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
11107 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
11108 | |
11109 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
11110 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
11111 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
11112 | |
11113 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
32115 | 11114 Cancel an article you posted. |
11115 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil) | |
25876 | 11116 |
11117 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
11118 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
11119 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
11120 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
11121 | |
11122 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
11123 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
11124 | |
11125 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
11126 Forward the current message via mail. | |
32115 | 11127 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. |
11128 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil) | |
25876 | 11129 |
11130 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
11131 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
11132 | |
11133 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
11134 Re-mail the current message. | |
32115 | 11135 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that |
25876 | 11136 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to |
11137 you." t nil) | |
11138 | |
11139 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
11140 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
11141 | |
11142 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
11143 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
11144 | |
11145 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
11146 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11147 | |
11148 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
11149 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11150 | |
11151 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
11152 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
11153 Works by overstriking characters. | |
11154 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
11155 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
11156 | |
11157 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
11158 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
11159 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
11160 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
11161 | |
11162 ;;;*** | |
11163 | |
11164 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
39611 | 11165 ;;;;;; (15192 12244)) |
25876 | 11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
11167 | |
11168 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
11169 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
11170 Special commands: | |
11171 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
11172 | |
11173 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
11174 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11175 | |
11176 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
11177 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
11178 Special commands: | |
11179 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
11180 | |
11181 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
11182 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11183 | |
11184 ;;;*** | |
11185 | |
11186 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
11187 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
35668 | 11188 ;;;;;; (14862 37898)) |
25876 | 11189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
11190 | |
11191 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
11192 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
11193 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
11194 | |
11195 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
11196 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
11197 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11198 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11199 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11200 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
11201 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
11202 | |
11203 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
11204 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
11205 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11206 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11207 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
11208 means current). | |
11209 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11210 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
11211 | |
11212 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
11213 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
11214 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11215 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11216 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
11217 means current). | |
11218 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11219 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
11220 | |
11221 ;;;*** | |
11222 | |
11223 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
39611 | 11224 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 11225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
11226 | |
11227 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11228 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
11229 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11230 to the MH mail system. | |
11231 | |
11232 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
11233 | |
11234 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11235 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
11236 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11237 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
11238 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
11239 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
11240 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
11241 | |
11242 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11243 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
11244 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11245 to the MH mail system. | |
11246 | |
11247 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
11248 | |
11249 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11250 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
11251 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
11252 using the MH mail handling system. | |
11253 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
11254 messages. | |
11255 | |
11256 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
11257 | |
11258 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
11259 | |
11260 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
11261 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
11262 the yanked message. | |
11263 | |
11264 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
11265 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
11266 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
11267 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
11268 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
11269 | |
11270 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
11271 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
11272 inserted in a draft letter. | |
11273 | |
11274 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
11275 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
11276 | |
11277 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11278 | |
11279 ;;;*** | |
11280 | |
39611 | 11281 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15281 |
11282 ;;;;;; 51219)) | |
25876 | 11283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
11284 | |
11285 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
11286 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
11287 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11288 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
11289 | |
11290 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
11291 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
11292 | |
11293 ;;;*** | |
11294 | |
39611 | 11295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el |
11297 | |
11298 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
11299 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
11300 | |
11301 ;;;*** | |
11302 | |
39611 | 11303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
11305 | |
11306 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11307 | |
11308 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11309 | |
11310 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11311 | |
11312 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11313 | |
11314 ;;;*** | |
11315 | |
11316 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
39611 | 11317 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 11318 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
11319 | |
11320 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
11321 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
11322 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
11323 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
11324 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
11325 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
11326 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
11327 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
11328 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
11329 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
11330 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
11331 | |
11332 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
11333 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
11334 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
11335 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
11336 | |
11337 ;;;*** | |
11338 | |
35196 | 11339 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" |
39611 | 11340 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15281 52713)) |
35196 | 11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el |
11342 | |
11343 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\ | |
39611 | 11344 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled. |
35196 | 11345 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
11346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
11347 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.") | |
11348 | |
11349 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11350 | |
11351 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef)) | |
11352 | |
11353 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\ | |
11354 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode | |
11355 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the | |
11356 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield | |
11357 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET | |
11358 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the | |
11359 default indication. | |
11360 | |
11361 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
11362 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
11363 | |
11364 ;;;*** | |
11365 | |
25876 | 11366 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" |
39611 | 11367 ;;;;;; (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el |
11369 | |
11370 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
11371 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
11372 | |
11373 ;;;*** | |
11374 | |
32115 | 11375 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" |
39611 | 11376 ;;;;;; (15192 12230)) |
32115 | 11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el |
11378 | |
11379 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\ | |
11380 Show the partial part of HANDLE. | |
11381 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains | |
11382 the entire message. | |
11383 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil) | |
11384 | |
11385 ;;;*** | |
11386 | |
39050 | 11387 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" |
39611 | 11388 ;;;;;; (15223 37896)) |
39050 | 11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el |
11390 | |
11391 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\ | |
11392 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil) | |
11393 | |
11394 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\ | |
11395 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil) | |
11396 | |
11397 ;;;*** | |
11398 | |
25876 | 11399 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" |
39611 | 11400 ;;;;;; (15192 12244)) |
25876 | 11401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
11402 | |
11403 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
11404 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
11405 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
11406 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
11407 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
11408 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
11409 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
11410 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
11411 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
11412 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
11413 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
11414 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
11415 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
11416 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
11417 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
11418 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
11419 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
11420 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
11421 \\[m2-link] link | |
11422 | |
11423 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
11424 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
11425 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
11426 | |
11427 ;;;*** | |
11428 | |
33002 | 11429 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el" |
39611 | 11430 ;;;;;; (15192 12239)) |
33002 | 11431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el |
11432 | |
11433 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\ | |
11434 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil) | |
11435 | |
11436 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\ | |
11437 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil) | |
11438 | |
11439 ;;;*** | |
11440 | |
39050 | 11441 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15235 |
11442 ;;;;;; 24850)) | |
25876 | 11443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
11444 | |
11445 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
11446 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
11447 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11448 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
11449 | |
11450 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
11451 | |
11452 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
11453 | |
11454 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
11455 | |
11456 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
11457 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
11458 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
11459 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
11460 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
11461 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
11462 | |
11463 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
31388 | 11464 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection. |
11465 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, | |
11466 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and | |
11467 interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
25876 | 11468 |
11469 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
39050 | 11470 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil). |
25876 | 11471 |
11472 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
11473 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
11474 | |
11475 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
11476 | |
11477 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
11478 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
11479 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
11480 | |
11481 ;;;*** | |
11482 | |
25998 | 11483 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
11485 | |
11486 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
11487 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
11488 | |
11489 ;;;*** | |
11490 | |
39611 | 11491 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 11492 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
11493 | |
11494 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
35744 | 11495 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled. |
33357 | 11496 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25876 | 11497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11498 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
11499 | |
11500 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11501 | |
11502 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
11503 | |
11504 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
11505 Toggle Msb mode. | |
11506 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
11507 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
11508 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
11509 | |
11510 ;;;*** | |
11511 | |
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 11513 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
11514 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
31388 | 11515 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set |
11516 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" | |
39611 | 11517 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
11519 | |
11520 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11521 Display a list of all character sets. | |
11522 | |
27949 | 11523 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number |
11524 for internal Emacs use. | |
11525 | |
11526 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence | |
11527 of characters in the charset for buffer and string | |
11528 by one to four hexadecimal digits. | |
11529 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
11530 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
11531 | |
11532 The D column contains a dimension of this character set. | |
11533 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. | |
11534 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for | |
11535 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
25876 | 11536 |
11537 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
11538 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
11539 | |
27949 | 11540 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
11541 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
11542 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
11543 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
11544 `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
11545 | |
11546 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
11547 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
11548 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
11549 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
11550 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil) | |
11551 | |
11552 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11553 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil) | |
11554 | |
31388 | 11555 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ |
11556 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil) | |
11557 | |
28919 | 11558 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\ |
35668 | 11559 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer. |
11560 POS defaults to point. | |
28919 | 11561 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, |
11562 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | |
11563 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil) | |
11564 | |
25876 | 11565 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
11566 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
11567 | |
11568 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11569 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
11570 | |
11571 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
11572 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
11573 at the place of `..': | |
31388 | 11574 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) |
11575 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | |
25876 | 11576 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' |
31388 | 11577 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' |
11578 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. | |
11579 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' | |
25876 | 11580 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 11581 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 11582 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 11583 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 11584 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
31388 | 11585 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
25876 | 11586 `default-process-coding-system' for read |
31388 | 11587 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read |
25876 | 11588 `default-process-coding-system' for write |
31388 | 11589 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil) |
25876 | 11590 |
11591 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11592 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
11593 | |
11594 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11595 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
11596 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
11597 | |
11598 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
11599 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
11600 | |
26724 | 11601 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
11602 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
11603 | |
25876 | 11604 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
11605 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
11606 | |
11607 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11608 Display information of FONTSET. | |
28919 | 11609 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil) |
25876 | 11610 |
11611 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11612 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
11613 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
11614 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
11615 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
11616 | |
11617 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11618 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
11619 | |
11620 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11621 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
11622 | |
11623 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
11624 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
11625 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
11626 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
11627 | |
11628 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11629 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
11630 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
11631 | |
11632 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11633 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
11634 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
11635 | |
11636 ;;;*** | |
11637 | |
26899 | 11638 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
11639 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 11640 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
11641 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
11642 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
11643 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
39611 | 11644 ;;;;;; (15192 12232)) |
25876 | 11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
11646 | |
11647 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
11648 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
11649 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
11650 | |
28523 | 11651 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ |
11652 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
11653 | |
11654 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ | |
11655 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
25876 | 11656 |
11657 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
11658 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
11659 | |
11660 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
11661 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 11662 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 11663 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
11664 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
11665 | |
26724 | 11666 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 11667 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
11668 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
11669 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
11670 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
11671 | |
11672 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
11673 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
11674 | |
11675 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
11676 | |
28523 | 11677 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ |
11678 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | |
11679 | |
11680 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | |
11681 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | |
11682 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | |
11683 | |
11684 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | |
11685 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | |
11686 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
25876 | 11687 |
11688 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
11689 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
11690 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
11691 is considered. | |
11692 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
11693 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
11694 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
11695 | |
11696 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
11697 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
11698 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
11699 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
11700 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
11701 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
11702 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
11703 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
11704 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
11705 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
11706 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
11707 | |
11708 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
11709 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
11710 | |
11711 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
11712 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
11713 | |
11714 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
11715 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
11716 | |
11717 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
11718 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
11719 | |
11720 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
11721 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
11722 | |
11723 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
11724 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
11725 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
11726 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
11727 | |
11728 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
11729 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
11730 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
11731 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
11732 | |
11733 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
11734 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
11735 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
11736 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
11737 | |
26899 | 11738 ;;;*** |
11739 | |
33002 | 11740 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" |
39611 | 11741 ;;;;;; (15205 21902)) |
26724 | 11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
11743 | |
33002 | 11744 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\ |
38398 | 11745 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled. |
33357 | 11746 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
33002 | 11747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.") | |
11749 | |
11750 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11751 | |
11752 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel)) | |
11753 | |
11754 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\ | |
11755 Toggle mouse wheel support. | |
11756 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
11757 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
11758 | |
26724 | 11759 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ |
11760 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
11761 | |
11762 ;;;*** | |
11763 | |
25876 | 11764 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11765 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
28212 | 11766 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" |
39611 | 11767 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el |
25876 | 11769 |
11770 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
11771 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
11772 | |
11773 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
11774 Ping HOST. | |
33002 | 11775 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting |
25876 | 11776 `ping-program-options'." t nil) |
11777 | |
11778 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
11779 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
11780 | |
11781 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
11782 | |
11783 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
11784 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
11785 | |
11786 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
11787 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
11788 | |
11789 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
11790 Run the route program." t nil) | |
11791 | |
11792 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
11793 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
11794 | |
11795 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
11796 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
11797 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11798 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11799 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11800 |
25876 | 11801 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
11802 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
11803 | |
11804 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
11805 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
11806 | |
11807 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
11808 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
11809 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
11810 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
11811 | |
11812 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
11813 | |
11814 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
11815 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
11816 | |
11817 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
11818 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
11819 | |
11820 ;;;*** | |
11821 | |
29505 | 11822 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region |
11823 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent | |
33002 | 11824 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding |
11825 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el" | |
39611 | 11826 ;;;;;; (15292 25968)) |
29505 | 11827 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el |
11828 | |
11829 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) | |
11830 | |
11831 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) | |
11832 | |
11833 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) | |
11834 | |
11835 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) | |
11836 | |
30565 | 11837 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill)) |
29505 | 11838 |
11839 (defvar comment-column 32 "\ | |
11840 *Column to indent right-margin comments to. | |
11841 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer. | |
11842 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you | |
11843 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.") | |
11844 | |
11845 (defvar comment-start nil "\ | |
11846 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") | |
11847 | |
11848 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ | |
11849 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. | |
11850 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin | |
11851 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") | |
11852 | |
11853 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ | |
11854 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") | |
11855 | |
11856 (defvar comment-end "" "\ | |
11857 *String to insert to end a new comment. | |
11858 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") | |
11859 | |
33002 | 11860 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\ |
29505 | 11861 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. |
11862 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of | |
33002 | 11863 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired |
11864 column indentation or nil. | |
11865 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.") | |
29505 | 11866 |
11867 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ | |
11868 *Style to be used for `comment-region'. | |
11869 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") | |
11870 | |
11871 (defvar comment-padding " " "\ | |
11872 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. | |
11873 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string | |
11874 of the corresponding number of spaces. | |
11875 | |
11876 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text | |
11877 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") | |
11878 | |
11879 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ | |
30565 | 11880 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. |
29505 | 11881 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") |
11882 | |
33002 | 11883 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\ |
11884 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil) | |
11885 | |
29505 | 11886 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ |
11887 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment. | |
39050 | 11888 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil) |
29505 | 11889 |
11890 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ | |
11891 Set the comment column based on point. | |
11892 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. | |
11893 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. | |
11894 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment | |
11895 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil) | |
11896 | |
11897 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ | |
11898 Kill the comment on this line, if any. | |
11899 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil) | |
11900 | |
11901 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
11902 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region. | |
11903 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the | |
11904 comment markers." t nil) | |
11905 | |
11906 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
11907 Comment or uncomment each line in the region. | |
35196 | 11908 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END. |
29505 | 11909 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. |
11910 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. | |
11911 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, | |
11912 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines | |
11913 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. | |
11914 | |
11915 The strings used as comment starts are built from | |
11916 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil) | |
11917 | |
11918 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ | |
11919 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). | |
11920 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call | |
35196 | 11921 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which |
29505 | 11922 case it calls `uncomment-region'). |
11923 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. | |
11924 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. | |
11925 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil) | |
11926 | |
11927 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ | |
11928 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. | |
11929 This indents the body of the continued comment | |
11930 under the previous comment line. | |
11931 | |
11932 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, | |
11933 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. | |
11934 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. | |
11935 | |
11936 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column | |
11937 or comment indentation. | |
11938 | |
11939 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, | |
11940 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil) | |
11941 | |
11942 ;;;*** | |
11943 | |
35668 | 11944 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858 |
11945 ;;;;;; 32485)) | |
25876 | 11946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
11947 | |
11948 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
11949 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
11950 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
11951 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
11952 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
11953 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
11954 | |
11955 ;;;*** | |
11956 | |
11957 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
39611 | 11958 ;;;;;; (15185 36003)) |
25876 | 11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
11960 | |
11961 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
32115 | 11962 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. |
11963 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil) | |
25876 | 11964 |
11965 ;;;*** | |
11966 | |
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
39611 | 11968 ;;;;;; (14860 4779)) |
25876 | 11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
11970 | |
11971 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
11972 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
11973 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
11974 | |
11975 ;;;*** | |
11976 | |
11977 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
35668 | 11978 ;;;;;; (14858 32485)) |
25876 | 11979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
11980 | |
11981 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
11982 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
11983 | |
11984 ;;;*** | |
11985 | |
11986 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
39611 | 11987 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 59086)) |
25876 | 11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
11989 | |
11990 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11991 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
11992 | |
11993 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11994 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
11995 | |
11996 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11997 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
11998 | |
11999 ;;;*** | |
12000 | |
12001 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
39611 | 12002 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
12004 | |
12005 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
12006 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
12007 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
12008 | |
12009 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
12010 | |
12011 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
12012 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
12013 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
12014 to future sessions." t nil) | |
12015 | |
12016 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
12017 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
12018 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
12019 to future sessions." t nil) | |
12020 | |
12021 ;;;*** | |
12022 | |
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
39611 | 12024 ;;;;;; (15293 42343)) |
25876 | 12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
12026 | |
12027 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
12028 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
12029 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
12030 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
12031 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
12032 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
12033 | |
12034 ;;;*** | |
12035 | |
12036 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 12037 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
12039 | |
12040 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
12041 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
12042 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
12043 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
12044 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
12045 | |
12046 ;;;*** | |
12047 | |
12048 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
39611 | 12049 ;;;;;; (15192 12244)) |
25876 | 12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
12051 | |
12052 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
12053 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
12054 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
12055 | |
12056 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
12057 | |
12058 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
12059 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
12060 | |
12061 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
12062 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
12063 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
12064 | |
12065 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
12066 | |
12067 ;;;*** | |
12068 | |
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
36101 | 12070 ;;;;;; (14535 42824)) |
25876 | 12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
12072 | |
12073 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
12074 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
12075 | |
12076 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
12077 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
12078 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
12079 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
12080 | |
12081 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
12082 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
12083 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
12084 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
12085 is why you need this mode!). | |
12086 | |
12087 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
12088 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
12089 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
12090 | |
12091 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
12092 | |
12093 Keybindings | |
12094 =========== | |
12095 | |
12096 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
12097 | |
12098 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
12099 ============================================== | |
12100 | |
12101 octave-auto-indent | |
12102 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
12103 Default is nil. | |
12104 | |
12105 octave-auto-newline | |
12106 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
12107 Default is nil. | |
12108 | |
12109 octave-blink-matching-block | |
12110 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
12111 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
12112 | |
12113 octave-block-offset | |
12114 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
12115 Default is 2. | |
12116 | |
12117 octave-continuation-offset | |
12118 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
12119 Default is 4. | |
12120 | |
12121 octave-continuation-string | |
12122 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
12123 Default is a backslash. | |
12124 | |
12125 octave-mode-startup-message | |
12126 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
12127 Default is t. | |
12128 | |
12129 octave-send-echo-input | |
12130 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
12131 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
12132 | |
12133 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
12134 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
12135 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
12136 | |
12137 octave-send-echo-input | |
12138 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
12139 | |
12140 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
12141 | |
12142 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
12143 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
12144 | |
12145 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
12146 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
12147 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
12148 | |
12149 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
12150 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
12151 | |
12152 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
12153 (lambda () | |
12154 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
12155 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
12156 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
12157 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
12158 | |
12159 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
12160 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
12161 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
12162 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
12163 | |
12164 ;;;*** | |
12165 | |
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
39611 | 12167 ;;;;;; (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el |
12169 | |
12170 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
33002 | 12171 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. |
12172 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil) | |
25876 | 12173 |
12174 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
12175 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
12176 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
12177 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
12178 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
12179 | |
12180 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
12181 | |
12182 ;;;*** | |
12183 | |
12184 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
39437 | 12185 ;;;;;; (15265 49062)) |
25876 | 12186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
12187 | |
12188 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
12189 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
12190 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
12191 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
12192 | |
12193 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
12194 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
12195 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
12196 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
12197 | |
12198 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
12199 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
12200 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
12201 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
12202 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
12203 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
12204 | |
12205 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
12206 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
12207 | |
12208 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
12209 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
12210 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
12211 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
12212 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
12213 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
12214 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
12215 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
12216 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
12217 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
12218 The subheadings remain visible. | |
12219 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
12220 | |
12221 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
12222 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
12223 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
12224 | |
12225 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
12226 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
12227 | |
12228 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
12229 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
12230 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
12231 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
12232 | |
12233 ;;;*** | |
12234 | |
39611 | 12235 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 12236 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
12237 | |
25998 | 12238 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
38452 | 12239 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled. |
33357 | 12240 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 12241 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
12242 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
12243 | |
12244 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12245 | |
12246 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
12247 | |
25876 | 12248 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
12249 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
12250 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
12251 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
12252 | |
12253 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
12254 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
12255 | |
12256 ;;;*** | |
12257 | |
36101 | 12258 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628 |
12259 ;;;;;; 14481)) | |
25876 | 12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
12261 | |
12262 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
12263 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
12264 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12265 | |
12266 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
12267 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
12268 | |
12269 Other useful functions are: | |
12270 | |
12271 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
12272 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
12273 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
12274 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
12275 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
12276 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
12277 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
12278 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
12279 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
12280 | |
12281 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
12282 | |
12283 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
12284 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
12285 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
12286 Indentation for case statements. | |
12287 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
12288 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
12289 mark after an end. | |
12290 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
12291 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
12292 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
12293 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
12294 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
12295 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
12296 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
12297 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
12298 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
12299 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
12300 | |
12301 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
12302 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
12303 | |
12304 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
12305 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
12306 | |
12307 ;;;*** | |
12308 | |
12309 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
39611 | 12310 ;;;;;; (15223 37895)) |
25876 | 12311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
12312 | |
12313 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
12314 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
12315 The keys affected are: | |
12316 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
12317 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
12318 M-Backspace does undo. | |
12319 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
12320 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
12321 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
12322 | |
12323 ;;;*** | |
12324 | |
12325 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
39611 | 12326 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 12327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
12328 | |
12329 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
12330 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
12331 | |
12332 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
12333 | |
12334 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
12335 which modify the status of the mark. | |
12336 | |
12337 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
12338 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
12339 | |
12340 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
12341 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
12342 | |
12343 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
12344 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
12345 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
12346 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
12347 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
12348 | |
12349 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
12350 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
12351 | |
12352 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
12353 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
12354 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
12355 | |
12356 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
12357 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
12358 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
12359 | |
12360 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
12361 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
12362 | |
12363 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
12364 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
12365 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
12366 | |
12367 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
12368 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
12369 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
12370 | |
12371 F6 other-window | |
12372 DELETE delete-char | |
12373 C-DELETE kill-line | |
12374 M-DELETE kill-word | |
12375 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
12376 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
12377 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
12378 | |
12379 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
12380 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
12381 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
12382 and cursor movement commands. | |
12383 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
12384 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
12385 | |
12386 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12387 | |
12388 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
12389 | |
12390 ;;;*** | |
12391 | |
39611 | 12392 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15192 |
12393 ;;;;;; 12215)) | |
30565 | 12394 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el |
12395 | |
12396 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ | |
12397 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil) | |
12398 | |
12399 ;;;*** | |
12400 | |
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) | |
39611 | 12402 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15192 12215)) |
30565 | 12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el |
12404 | |
12405 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12406 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil) | |
12407 | |
12408 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12409 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil) | |
12410 | |
12411 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12412 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil) | |
12413 | |
12414 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12415 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil) | |
12416 | |
12417 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
12418 | |
12419 ;;;*** | |
12420 | |
12421 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) | |
39611 | 12422 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15192 12215)) |
30565 | 12423 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el |
12424 | |
12425 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12426 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil) | |
12427 | |
12428 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12429 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil) | |
12430 | |
12431 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12432 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil) | |
12433 | |
12434 ;;;*** | |
12435 | |
39611 | 12436 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15192 |
12437 ;;;;;; 12215)) | |
30565 | 12438 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el |
12439 | |
12440 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ | |
12441 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. | |
12442 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 | |
12443 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm | |
12444 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. | |
12445 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil) | |
12446 | |
12447 ;;;*** | |
12448 | |
12449 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which | |
12450 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) | |
39611 | 12451 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15192 12215)) |
30565 | 12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el |
12453 | |
12454 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12455 Completion for `cd'." nil nil) | |
12456 | |
12457 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) | |
12458 | |
12459 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12460 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil) | |
12461 | |
12462 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12463 Completion for `rm'." nil nil) | |
12464 | |
12465 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12466 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil) | |
12467 | |
12468 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
12469 | |
12470 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12471 Completion for `which'." nil nil) | |
12472 | |
12473 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12474 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil) | |
12475 | |
12476 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12477 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil) | |
12478 | |
12479 ;;;*** | |
12480 | |
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list | |
12482 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete | |
39611 | 12483 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15192 |
12484 ;;;;;; 12215)) | |
30565 | 12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el |
12486 | |
12487 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12488 Support extensible programmable completion. | |
12489 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your | |
12490 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil) | |
12491 | |
12492 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12493 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil) | |
12494 | |
12495 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12496 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
12497 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
12498 | |
12499 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12500 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil) | |
12501 | |
12502 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12503 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
12504 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
12505 | |
12506 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12507 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil) | |
12508 | |
12509 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12510 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil) | |
12511 | |
12512 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12513 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. | |
12514 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the | |
12515 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is | |
12516 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil) | |
12517 | |
12518 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12519 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil) | |
12520 | |
12521 ;;;*** | |
12522 | |
12523 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status | |
12524 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" | |
39437 | 12525 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15279 8859)) |
28162 | 12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el |
12527 | |
12528 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | |
12529 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | |
12530 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | |
12531 and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12532 | |
12533 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil) | |
12534 | |
30565 | 12535 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ |
12536 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. | |
12537 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | |
12538 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12539 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12540 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
12541 FLAGS is ignored." t nil) | |
12542 | |
28162 | 12543 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ |
12544 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | |
12545 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | |
12546 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12547 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12548 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12549 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12550 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
12551 | |
12552 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | |
12553 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
12554 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12555 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12556 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12557 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil) | |
12558 | |
12559 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | |
12560 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
12561 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12562 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12563 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12564 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12565 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
12566 | |
12567 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | |
12568 | |
33002 | 12569 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\ |
30565 | 12570 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. |
12571 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") | |
12572 | |
28162 | 12573 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ |
12574 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | |
12575 NIL means never do it. | |
12576 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the | |
12577 command that prompted the opening of the directory. | |
12578 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | |
12579 | |
30565 | 12580 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ |
12581 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. | |
12582 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) | |
12583 | |
12584 ;;;*** | |
12585 | |
39611 | 12586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15192 12216)) |
28288 | 12587 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el |
12588 | |
12589 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m)) | |
12590 | |
12591 ;;;*** | |
12592 | |
25876 | 12593 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" |
39611 | 12594 ;;;;;; (15293 42343)) |
25876 | 12595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
12596 | |
12597 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
12598 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
12599 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
12600 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
12601 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
12602 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
12603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12604 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
12605 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
39590 | 12606 `perl-tab-always-indent' |
25876 | 12607 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, |
12608 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
39590 | 12609 `perl-tab-to-comment' |
25876 | 12610 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will |
12611 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
12612 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
39590 | 12613 `perl-nochange' |
25876 | 12614 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. |
39590 | 12615 `perl-indent-level' |
25876 | 12616 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. |
12617 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
12618 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
39590 | 12619 `perl-continued-statement-offset' |
25876 | 12620 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the |
12621 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
39590 | 12622 `perl-continued-brace-offset' |
25876 | 12623 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. |
12624 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
39590 | 12625 `perl-brace-offset' |
25876 | 12626 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. |
39590 | 12627 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset' |
25876 | 12628 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were |
12629 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
39590 | 12630 `perl-label-offset' |
25876 | 12631 Extra indentation for line that is a label. |
39590 | 12632 `perl-indent-continued-arguments' |
12633 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation. | |
25876 | 12634 |
12635 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
12636 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
12637 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
12638 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
12639 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
12640 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
12641 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
12642 | |
12643 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12644 | |
12645 ;;;*** | |
12646 | |
12647 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
39611 | 12648 ;;;;;; (15192 12247)) |
25876 | 12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
12650 | |
12651 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
12652 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
12653 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
12654 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
12655 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
12656 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
12657 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
12658 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
12659 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
12660 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
12661 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
12662 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
12663 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
12664 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
12665 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
12666 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
12667 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
12668 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
12669 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
12670 with these commands: | |
12671 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
12672 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
12673 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
12674 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
12675 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
12676 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
12677 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
12678 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
12679 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
12680 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
12681 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
12682 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
12683 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
12684 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
12685 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
12686 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
12687 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
12688 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
12689 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
12690 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
12691 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
12692 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
12693 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
12694 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
12695 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
12696 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
12697 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
12698 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
12699 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
12700 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
12701 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
12702 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
12703 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
12704 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
12705 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
12706 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
12707 | |
12708 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
12709 | |
12710 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
12711 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
12712 | |
12713 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
12714 | |
12715 ;;;*** | |
12716 | |
39611 | 12717 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15192 12239)) |
27321 | 12718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el |
12719 | |
12720 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
12721 Play pong and waste time. | |
12722 This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
12723 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
12724 | |
31388 | 12725 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> |
12726 | |
12727 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil) | |
27321 | 12728 |
12729 ;;;*** | |
12730 | |
25876 | 12731 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" |
39611 | 12732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15254 8041)) |
25876 | 12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
12734 | |
12735 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
12736 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
12737 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
12738 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
12739 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
12740 | |
12741 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
12742 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
12743 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
12744 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
12745 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
12746 | |
12747 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
12748 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
12749 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
12750 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
12751 | |
12752 ;;;*** | |
12753 | |
12754 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
39611 | 12755 ;;;;;; (14729 20675)) |
25876 | 12756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
12757 | |
12758 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
12759 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
12760 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
12761 Commands: | |
12762 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
12763 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
12764 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
12765 | |
12766 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
12767 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
12768 | |
12769 ;;;*** | |
12770 | |
39611 | 12771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 39402)) |
25876 | 12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
12773 | |
38398 | 12774 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ |
25876 | 12775 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. |
12776 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
12777 | |
12778 ;;;*** | |
12779 | |
39611 | 12780 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15192 |
12781 ;;;;;; 12245)) | |
25998 | 12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
12783 | |
12784 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
12785 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
12786 | |
12787 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
12788 | |
12789 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
12790 be set through the `customize' command: | |
12791 | |
12792 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
12793 ps-mode-tab | |
12794 ps-mode-paper-size | |
12795 ps-mode-print-function | |
12796 ps-run-prompt | |
26724 | 12797 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
25998 | 12798 ps-run-x |
12799 ps-run-dumb | |
12800 ps-run-init | |
12801 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
26724 | 12802 ps-run-tmp-dir |
25998 | 12803 |
12804 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
12805 | |
12806 | |
12807 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
12808 | |
12809 | |
12810 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
12811 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
12812 The keymap for this second window is: | |
12813 | |
12814 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
12815 | |
12816 | |
12817 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
12818 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
12819 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
12820 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
12821 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
12822 " t nil) | |
12823 | |
12824 ;;;*** | |
12825 | |
37203 | 12826 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets |
12827 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition | |
12828 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font | |
39611 | 12829 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15275 13004)) |
25876 | 12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
12831 | |
27164 | 12832 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
12833 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
12834 | |
12835 Valid values are: | |
12836 | |
12837 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
12838 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
12839 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
12840 changed by setting the variable | |
12841 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
12842 The initial value of this variable is | |
12843 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
12844 documentation). | |
12845 | |
12846 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
12847 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
12848 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
12849 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
12850 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
12851 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
12852 test it. | |
12853 | |
12854 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
12855 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
12856 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
12857 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
12858 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
37203 | 12859 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts |
27164 | 12860 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to |
12861 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
37203 | 12862 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable |
27164 | 12863 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for |
12864 documentation of this variable). | |
12865 | |
12866 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
12867 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
12868 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
12869 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
12870 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
12871 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
12872 | |
12873 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
12874 | |
25876 | 12875 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
12876 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
12877 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
12878 | |
12879 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
12880 | |
12881 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
37203 | 12882 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO. |
25876 | 12883 |
12884 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
12885 | |
12886 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
12887 | |
12888 Returns the value: | |
12889 | |
12890 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
12891 | |
12892 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
12893 the sequence." nil nil) | |
12894 | |
26899 | 12895 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
37203 | 12896 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO. |
26899 | 12897 |
12898 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
12899 composition. | |
12900 | |
12901 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
12902 | |
12903 Returns the value: | |
12904 | |
12905 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
12906 | |
12907 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
12908 the sequence." nil nil) | |
12909 | |
25876 | 12910 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
12911 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
12912 | |
37203 | 12913 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\ |
12914 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG. | |
12915 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil) | |
12916 | |
12917 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\ | |
12918 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil) | |
12919 | |
25876 | 12920 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ |
12921 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
12922 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
12923 | |
12924 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
12925 | |
12926 ;;;*** | |
12927 | |
12928 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
12929 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
12930 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
12931 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
27321 | 12932 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print" |
39611 | 12933 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15275 13004)) |
25876 | 12934 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
12935 | |
12936 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
12937 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 12938 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
12939 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
12940 | |
27321 | 12941 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
12942 Customization of ps-print group." t nil) | |
12943 | |
25876 | 12944 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
12945 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12946 | |
37617 | 12947 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
12948 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of | |
12949 sending it to the printer. | |
12950 | |
12951 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
12952 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
12953 image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
25876 | 12954 |
12955 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12956 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 12957 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
12958 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
12959 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
25876 | 12960 |
12961 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12962 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
12963 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
12964 | |
12965 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12966 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
37617 | 12967 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
12968 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
12969 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
25876 | 12970 |
12971 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
12972 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 12973 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local |
12974 buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
25876 | 12975 |
12976 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12977 | |
12978 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12979 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 12980 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
12981 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
12982 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
25876 | 12983 |
12984 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12985 | |
12986 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12987 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
12988 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
12989 | |
12990 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12991 | |
12992 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12993 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
37617 | 12994 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
12995 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
12996 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
25876 | 12997 |
12998 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12999 | |
13000 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
13001 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
13002 | |
37617 | 13003 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
13004 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | |
13005 instead of sending it to the printer. | |
13006 | |
13007 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
13008 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
13009 image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
25876 | 13010 |
13011 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
37617 | 13012 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the |
13013 current ps-print setup. | |
25876 | 13014 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s |
13015 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
13016 | |
13017 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
13018 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
13019 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
13020 | |
13021 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
13022 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
13023 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
13024 | |
13025 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
13026 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
13027 | |
13028 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
39437 | 13029 Extend face in ALIST-SYM. |
25876 | 13030 |
13031 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
39437 | 13032 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. |
13033 | |
13034 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | |
13035 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | |
25876 | 13036 |
13037 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
13038 | |
13039 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
13040 | |
13041 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
39437 | 13042 Extend face in ALIST-SYM. |
25876 | 13043 |
13044 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
39437 | 13045 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. |
13046 | |
13047 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | |
13048 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | |
25876 | 13049 |
13050 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
13051 | |
13052 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
13053 | |
13054 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
13055 | |
13056 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
13057 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
13058 | |
13059 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
13060 bold - use bold font. | |
13061 italic - use italic font. | |
13062 underline - put a line under text. | |
13063 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
13064 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
13065 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
13066 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
13067 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
13068 | |
13069 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
13070 | |
13071 ;;;*** | |
13072 | |
13073 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
31388 | 13074 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map |
32115 | 13075 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout |
37203 | 13076 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail" |
39437 | 13077 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15255 11737)) |
25876 | 13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
13079 | |
37203 | 13080 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\ |
13081 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil) | |
13082 | |
25876 | 13083 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ |
13084 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
39437 | 13085 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package. |
13086 | |
13087 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running | |
13088 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13089 |
13090 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
13091 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
13092 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
13093 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
13094 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
13095 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
13096 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
13097 | |
13098 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
13099 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
13100 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
13101 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
13102 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
13103 shown. | |
13104 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
13105 | |
32115 | 13106 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command |
13107 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form | |
13108 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a | |
13109 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is | |
13110 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a | |
13111 list of candidates. | |
25876 | 13112 |
13113 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
13114 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
13115 command to be called. | |
13116 | |
13117 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
13118 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
13119 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
13120 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
13121 | |
13122 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
13123 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
13124 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
13125 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
13126 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
13127 to t. | |
13128 | |
13129 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
13130 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
13131 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
13132 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
13133 | |
13134 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
13135 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
13136 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
13137 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
13138 | |
13139 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
13140 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
13141 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
13142 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
13143 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
13144 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
13145 | |
13146 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
13147 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
13148 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
13149 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
13150 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
13151 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
13152 | |
13153 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
13154 covers Quail translation region. | |
13155 | |
13156 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
13157 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
13158 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
13159 for it) is inserted. | |
13160 | |
13161 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
13162 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
13163 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
13164 | |
13165 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
13166 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
13167 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
13168 | |
13169 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
13170 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
13171 | |
13172 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
13173 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
13174 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
13175 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
13176 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
13177 | |
32115 | 13178 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ |
13179 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. | |
13180 | |
13181 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected | |
13182 keyboard type." t nil) | |
13183 | |
25876 | 13184 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ |
13185 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
13186 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
13187 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
13188 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
13189 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
13190 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
13191 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
13192 for the translation. | |
13193 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
13194 | |
13195 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
31388 | 13196 it is used to handle KEY. |
13197 | |
13198 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following | |
13199 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where | |
13200 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently | |
13201 the following annotation types are supported. | |
13202 | |
13203 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should | |
13204 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. | |
13205 | |
13206 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in | |
13207 candidate list. | |
13208 | |
13209 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is | |
13210 selected. The function is called with one argument, the | |
13211 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is | |
13212 inserted. | |
13213 | |
13214 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not | |
13215 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 13216 |
13217 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
13218 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 13219 |
13220 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
13221 which to install MAP. | |
13222 | |
25876 | 13223 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
13224 | |
31388 | 13225 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ |
13226 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. | |
13227 | |
13228 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
13229 which to install MAP. | |
13230 | |
13231 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil) | |
13232 | |
25876 | 13233 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ |
13234 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
13235 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
13236 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
13237 a function, or a cons. | |
13238 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
13239 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
13240 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
13241 for the translation. | |
13242 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
13243 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
13244 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
13245 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
13246 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
13247 | |
13248 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
13249 it is used to handle KEY. | |
13250 | |
13251 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
13252 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
13253 current Quail package. | |
13254 | |
13255 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
13256 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
13257 | |
13258 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
31388 | 13259 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. |
13260 | |
13261 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the | |
13262 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | |
13263 | |
13264 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. | |
13265 | |
13266 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the | |
13267 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13268 |
13269 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
13270 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
13271 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
13272 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
13273 of the Emacs source tree. | |
13274 | |
13275 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
13276 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
13277 | |
13278 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
13279 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
13280 of each directory." t nil) | |
13281 | |
13282 ;;;*** | |
13283 | |
13284 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
13285 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
39611 | 13286 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15192 |
13287 ;;;;;; 12237)) | |
28212 | 13288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el |
25876 | 13289 |
13290 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
13291 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
13292 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
13293 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
13294 | |
13295 To make use of this do something like: | |
13296 | |
13297 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
13298 | |
13299 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
13300 | |
32115 | 13301 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\ |
13302 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. | |
13303 | |
13304 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current | |
13305 buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
13306 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
25876 | 13307 |
13308 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
13309 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
13310 | |
13311 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
13312 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
13313 | |
13314 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
13315 is decided." t nil) | |
13316 | |
32115 | 13317 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\ |
13318 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. | |
13319 | |
13320 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the | |
13321 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
13322 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
25876 | 13323 |
13324 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
13325 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
13326 | |
13327 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
13328 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
13329 | |
13330 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
13331 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
13332 | |
13333 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
13334 | |
13335 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13336 | |
13337 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
13338 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
13339 | |
13340 ;;;*** | |
13341 | |
39611 | 13342 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15192 |
13343 ;;;;;; 12237)) | |
28212 | 13344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el |
25876 | 13345 |
13346 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
13347 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
13348 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
13349 | |
13350 ;;;*** | |
13351 | |
28077 | 13352 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" |
39611 | 13353 ;;;;;; (15192 12223)) |
28077 | 13354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el |
13355 | |
13356 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | |
13357 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil) | |
13358 | |
13359 ;;;*** | |
13360 | |
30565 | 13361 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files |
13362 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf" | |
39050 | 13363 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15210 48798)) |
25999 | 13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
13365 | |
13366 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
13367 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
13368 | |
27949 | 13369 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\ |
13370 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil) | |
13371 | |
25999 | 13372 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ |
27949 | 13373 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil) |
13374 | |
30565 | 13375 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\ |
33002 | 13376 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list. |
13377 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise | |
13378 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies | |
13379 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil) | |
30565 | 13380 |
27949 | 13381 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\ |
13382 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil) | |
25999 | 13383 |
33002 | 13384 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\ |
36101 | 13385 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled. |
33357 | 13386 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
33002 | 13387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
13388 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.") | |
13389 | |
13390 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13391 | |
13392 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf)) | |
13393 | |
30565 | 13394 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ |
13395 Toggle recentf mode. | |
33002 | 13396 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
13397 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
30565 | 13398 |
13399 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
13400 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
13401 | |
25999 | 13402 ;;;*** |
13403 | |
37617 | 13404 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle |
28162 | 13405 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle |
13406 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | |
39590 | 13407 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15292 |
39611 | 13408 ;;;;;; 25968)) |
25876 | 13409 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
13410 | |
13411 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
13412 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
13413 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 13414 spaces and tab. |
13415 | |
13416 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
13417 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13418 |
13419 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13420 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
13421 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
13422 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
13423 ends. | |
13424 | |
13425 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13426 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
13427 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 13428 |
13429 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13430 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
13431 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
13432 | |
13433 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13434 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
13435 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13436 |
13437 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13438 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
13439 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13440 |
13441 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13442 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
13443 | |
13444 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13445 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
13446 | |
13447 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
13448 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 13449 |
13450 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13451 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
13452 | |
13453 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13454 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
13455 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
13456 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
13457 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
13458 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
13459 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
13460 | |
13461 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13462 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
13463 | |
25876 | 13464 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 13465 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
13466 | |
13467 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13468 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
13469 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 13470 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
13471 | |
13472 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13473 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
13474 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
13475 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 13476 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
13477 | |
13478 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13479 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 13480 |
13481 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
37617 | 13482 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line. |
13483 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width. | |
13484 | |
13485 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil) | |
13486 | |
13487 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13488 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right. | |
13489 | |
13490 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
25998 | 13491 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. |
13492 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 13493 |
13494 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13495 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
13496 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
13497 | |
13498 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13499 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
13500 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
13501 | |
13502 ;;;*** | |
13503 | |
39611 | 13504 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15185 |
13505 ;;;;;; 36006)) | |
33002 | 13506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el |
13507 | |
13508 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\ | |
13509 Toggle Refill minor mode. | |
13510 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. | |
13511 | |
13512 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when | |
13513 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause | |
13514 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil) | |
13515 | |
13516 ;;;*** | |
13517 | |
25998 | 13518 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" |
39611 | 13519 ;;;;;; (15192 12248)) |
25876 | 13520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
13521 | |
13522 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
13523 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
13524 | |
13525 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
13526 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
13527 | |
25998 | 13528 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
13529 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
13530 | |
25876 | 13531 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
13532 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
13533 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
13534 \\ref macro. | |
13535 | |
13536 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
13537 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
13538 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
13539 | |
25998 | 13540 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
13541 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
13542 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 13543 |
13544 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
13545 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
13546 | |
13547 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
13548 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
13549 | |
13550 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
13551 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
13552 on the menu bar. | |
13553 | |
13554 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
13555 | |
25998 | 13556 ;;;*** |
13557 | |
13558 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
39611 | 13559 ;;;;;; (15192 12247)) |
25998 | 13560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
13561 | |
13562 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 13563 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
13564 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
13565 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
13566 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
13567 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
13568 | |
13569 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
13570 | |
26963 | 13571 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
13572 | |
25876 | 13573 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
13574 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
38398 | 13575 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will |
25876 | 13576 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. |
13577 | |
13578 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
13579 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
13580 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
13581 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
13582 | |
13583 ;;;*** | |
13584 | |
26963 | 13585 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
39611 | 13586 ;;;;;; (15192 12248)) |
26963 | 13587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
13588 | |
13589 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
13590 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
13591 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
13592 | |
13593 To insert new phrases, use | |
13594 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
13595 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
13596 | |
13597 To index phrases use one of: | |
13598 | |
13599 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
13600 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
13601 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
13602 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
13603 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
13604 | |
13605 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
13606 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
13607 | |
13608 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
13609 | |
13610 Here are all local bindings. | |
13611 | |
13612 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
13613 | |
13614 ;;;*** | |
13615 | |
25876 | 13616 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
39611 | 13617 ;;;;;; (15192 12223)) |
25876 | 13618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
13619 | |
13620 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
13621 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
13622 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
13623 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
13624 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
13625 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
13626 | |
33002 | 13627 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) |
13628 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close)) | |
13629 | |
13630 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded | |
13631 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13632 |
13633 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
13634 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
13635 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
13636 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
13637 | |
13638 ;;;*** | |
13639 | |
39611 | 13640 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15185 35996)) |
25876 | 13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
13642 | |
13643 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
13644 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
13645 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
13646 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
13647 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
13648 | |
13649 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
13650 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
13651 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
13652 | |
13653 ;;;*** | |
13654 | |
13655 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
39611 | 13656 ;;;;;; (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 13657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
13658 | |
26724 | 13659 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
13660 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
13661 | |
13662 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
13663 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
13664 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
29505 | 13665 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. |
13666 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, | |
13667 and point is left after the salutation. | |
26724 | 13668 |
13669 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
13670 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
13671 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
13672 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
13673 left after that text. | |
13674 | |
13675 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
13676 is non-nil. | |
13677 | |
13678 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
13679 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
13680 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
13681 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13682 |
13683 ;;;*** | |
13684 | |
13685 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
35668 | 13686 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 13687 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
13688 | |
13689 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
13690 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
13691 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
13692 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
13693 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
13694 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
13695 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
13696 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
13697 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
13698 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
13699 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
13700 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
13701 the comment lines. | |
13702 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
13703 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
13704 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
13705 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
13706 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
13707 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
13708 | |
13709 ;;;*** | |
13710 | |
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
13712 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
13713 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
13714 | |
13715 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
13716 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
13717 | |
13718 ;;;*** | |
13719 | |
39611 | 13720 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties |
13721 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" | |
39732 | 13722 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15298 53573)) |
39611 | 13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el |
13724 | |
13725 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\ | |
13726 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | |
13727 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active. | |
13728 If emacs is not running under a window system, | |
13729 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.") | |
13730 | |
13731 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\ | |
13732 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | |
13733 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs | |
13734 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window | |
13735 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.") | |
13736 | |
13737 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\ | |
13738 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled. | |
13739 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
13740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13741 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.") | |
13742 | |
13743 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13744 | |
13745 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow)) | |
13746 | |
13747 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\ | |
13748 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode | |
13749 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer | |
13750 that would be ignored because the result is passed through | |
13751 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in | |
13752 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make | |
13753 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable. | |
13754 | |
13755 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
13756 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
13757 | |
13758 ;;;*** | |
13759 | |
25876 | 13760 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" |
29505 | 13761 ;;;;;; (14634 20460)) |
25876 | 13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
13763 | |
13764 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
13765 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
13766 | |
13767 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
13768 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
13769 | |
13770 ;;;*** | |
13771 | |
28212 | 13772 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959)) |
13773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el | |
25876 | 13774 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
13775 | |
13776 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
13777 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
13778 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
13779 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
13780 | |
13781 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
13782 | |
13783 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
13784 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
13785 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
13786 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
13787 | |
13788 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
13789 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
13790 | |
13791 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
13792 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
13793 | |
13794 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
13795 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
13796 INPUT-ARGS. | |
13797 | |
13798 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
13799 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
13800 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
13801 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
13802 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
13803 | |
13804 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
13805 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
13806 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
13807 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
13808 | |
13809 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
13810 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
13811 variable." t nil) | |
13812 | |
13813 ;;;*** | |
13814 | |
13815 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
28919 | 13816 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge |
13817 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
13818 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
13819 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
13820 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
39437 | 13821 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15269 48090)) |
25876 | 13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
13823 | |
13824 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
13825 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
13826 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
13827 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
13828 | |
13829 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
13830 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
13831 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
13832 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
13833 value is the user's name.) | |
13834 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
13835 | |
36101 | 13836 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\ |
25876 | 13837 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. |
13838 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
13839 which normally happens once for each message, | |
13840 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
13841 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
13842 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
13843 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
13844 | |
13845 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
13846 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
13847 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
13848 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
13849 | |
37203 | 13850 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\ |
25876 | 13851 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") |
13852 | |
13853 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
13854 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
13855 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
13856 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
13857 | |
13858 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
13859 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
13860 | |
13861 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
13862 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
13863 | |
13864 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
13865 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
13866 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
13867 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
13868 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
13869 | |
13870 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
13871 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
13872 | |
13873 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
13874 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
13875 | |
13876 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
13877 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
13878 | |
34166 | 13879 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\ |
28292 | 13880 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") |
13881 | |
25876 | 13882 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ |
13883 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
13884 | |
13885 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
13886 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
13887 | |
13888 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
13889 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
13890 | |
27949 | 13891 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
13892 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
13893 | |
25876 | 13894 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
13895 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
13896 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
13897 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
13898 | |
13899 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
13900 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
13901 | |
13902 This is set to nil by default.") | |
13903 | |
13904 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
13905 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
13906 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
13907 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
13908 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
13909 | |
13910 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
37617 | 13911 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file. |
13912 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13913 It is called with no argument.") | |
13914 | |
13915 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\ | |
13916 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded. | |
13917 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13918 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | |
13919 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | |
13920 is the outgoing mail buffer.") | |
13921 | |
38398 | 13922 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\ |
13923 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent. | |
13924 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13925 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | |
13926 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | |
13927 is the outgoing mail buffer.") | |
13928 | |
37617 | 13929 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\ |
13930 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message. | |
13931 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13932 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where | |
13933 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.") | |
13934 | |
13935 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\ | |
13936 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message. | |
13937 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13938 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where | |
13939 MSG is the message number, | |
13940 REGEXP is the regular expression, | |
13941 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.") | |
25876 | 13942 |
13943 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
13944 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
13945 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
13946 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
13947 | |
13948 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
13949 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
13950 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
13951 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
13952 | |
13953 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
13954 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
13955 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
13956 | |
13957 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
13958 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
13959 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
13960 | |
13961 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
13962 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
13963 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
13964 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
13965 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
13966 | |
13967 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
13968 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
13969 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
13970 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
13971 | |
13972 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
13973 | |
13974 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
13975 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
13976 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
13977 Instead, these commands are available: | |
13978 | |
13979 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
13980 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
13981 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
13982 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
13983 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
13984 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
13985 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
13986 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
13987 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
13988 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
13989 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
13990 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
13991 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
13992 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
13993 till a deleted message is found. | |
13994 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
13995 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
13996 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
13997 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
13998 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
13999 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
14000 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
14001 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
14002 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
14003 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
14004 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
14005 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
14006 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
14007 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
14008 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
14009 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
14010 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
14011 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
14012 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
14013 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
14014 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
14015 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
14016 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
14017 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
14018 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
14019 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
14020 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
14021 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
14022 | |
14023 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
14024 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
14025 | |
14026 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
14027 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
14028 | |
14029 ;;;*** | |
14030 | |
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
39611 | 14032 ;;;;;; (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 14033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
14034 | |
14035 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
14036 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
14037 | |
14038 ;;;*** | |
14039 | |
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
14041 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
39611 | 14042 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 14043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
14044 | |
14045 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14046 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
14047 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
14048 | |
14049 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14050 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
14051 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
14052 | |
14053 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
14054 | |
14055 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14056 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
14057 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
14058 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
14059 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
14060 | |
14061 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14062 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
14063 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
14064 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
14065 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
14066 | |
14067 ;;;*** | |
14068 | |
14069 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
39611 | 14070 ;;;;;; (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 14071 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
14072 | |
14073 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
14074 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
14075 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
14076 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
14077 | |
14078 ;;;*** | |
14079 | |
14080 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
14081 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
39611 | 14082 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 14083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
14084 | |
14085 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
14086 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
14087 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
14088 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
14089 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
14090 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
14091 a file name as a string.") | |
14092 | |
14093 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
14094 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
14095 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
14096 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
14097 buffer visiting that file. | |
14098 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
14099 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
14100 | |
14101 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
14102 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
14103 | |
14104 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
29505 | 14105 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. |
14106 | |
14107 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed | |
14108 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil) | |
25876 | 14109 |
14110 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
14111 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
14112 | |
14113 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
14114 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
14115 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
14116 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
14117 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
14118 | |
14119 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
14120 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
14121 will be appended with their original headers. | |
14122 | |
14123 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
14124 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
14125 | |
14126 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
14127 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
14128 | |
14129 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
14130 | |
14131 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
14132 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
14133 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
14134 | |
14135 ;;;*** | |
14136 | |
37617 | 14137 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent |
25876 | 14138 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject |
39611 | 14139 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15192 |
14140 ;;;;;; 12236)) | |
25876 | 14141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
14142 | |
14143 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14144 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
14145 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14146 | |
14147 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14148 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
14149 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14150 | |
14151 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14152 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
14153 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14154 | |
14155 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14156 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
14157 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14158 | |
14159 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14160 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
14161 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14162 | |
14163 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14164 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
14165 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14166 | |
37617 | 14167 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\ |
25876 | 14168 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. |
14169 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
14170 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
14171 | |
14172 ;;;*** | |
14173 | |
28523 | 14174 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder |
14175 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | |
14176 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | |
14177 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | |
39611 | 14178 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15293 42343)) |
25876 | 14179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
14180 | |
14181 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
14182 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
14183 | |
14184 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
14185 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
14186 | |
14187 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14188 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
14189 | |
14190 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14191 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
14192 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
14193 | |
14194 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14195 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
14196 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
14197 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
14198 only look in the To and From fields. | |
14199 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
14200 | |
14201 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14202 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
14203 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
14204 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
14205 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
14206 | |
14207 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14208 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
14209 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
14210 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
14211 look in the whole message. | |
14212 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
14213 | |
14214 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14215 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
14216 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
14217 | |
14218 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
14219 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
14220 | |
14221 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
14222 | |
28523 | 14223 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ |
14224 *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | |
14225 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | |
14226 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | |
14227 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | |
14228 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | |
14229 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | |
14230 | |
14231 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | |
14232 sent by you under different user names. | |
14233 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses. | |
14234 | |
14235 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | |
14236 | |
25876 | 14237 ;;;*** |
14238 | |
35196 | 14239 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el" |
39611 | 14240 ;;;;;; (15192 12238)) |
35196 | 14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el |
25876 | 14242 |
14243 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
14244 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
14245 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
14246 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
14247 | |
14248 ;;;*** | |
14249 | |
14250 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
39611 | 14251 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15192 12217)) |
25876 | 14252 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
14253 | |
14254 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
14255 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
38398 | 14256 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected. |
14257 | |
14258 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window | |
14259 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded | |
14260 in rot 13. | |
14261 | |
14262 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil) | |
25876 | 14263 |
14264 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
14265 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
14266 | |
14267 ;;;*** | |
14268 | |
14269 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
14270 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
14271 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
39050 | 14272 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el" |
14273 ;;;;;; (15245 60238)) | |
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el | |
25876 | 14275 |
14276 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 14277 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14278 |
14279 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14280 | |
14281 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
14282 | |
14283 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 14284 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14285 |
14286 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 14287 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14288 |
14289 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 14290 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14291 |
14292 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 14293 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14294 |
14295 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 14296 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14297 |
14298 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 14299 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 14300 |
14301 ;;;*** | |
14302 | |
39611 | 14303 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288 |
14304 ;;;;;; 6955)) | |
39590 | 14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el |
14306 | |
14307 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\ | |
14308 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM. | |
14309 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form. | |
14310 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil) | |
14311 | |
14312 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\ | |
14313 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string. | |
14314 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time. | |
14315 | |
14316 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp | |
14317 notation. | |
14318 | |
14319 STRING | |
14320 matches string STRING literally. | |
14321 | |
14322 CHAR | |
14323 matches character CHAR literally. | |
14324 | |
14325 `not-newline' | |
14326 matches any character except a newline. | |
14327 . | |
14328 `anything' | |
14329 matches any character | |
14330 | |
14331 `(any SET)' | |
14332 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string. | |
14333 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings. | |
14334 | |
14335 '(in SET)' | |
14336 like `any'. | |
14337 | |
14338 `(not (any SET))' | |
14339 matches any character not in SET | |
14340 | |
14341 `line-start' | |
14342 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line | |
14343 in the text being matched | |
14344 | |
14345 `line-end' | |
14346 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line | |
14347 | |
14348 `string-start' | |
14349 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | |
14350 string being matched against. | |
14351 | |
14352 `string-end' | |
14353 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | |
14354 string being matched against. | |
14355 | |
14356 `buffer-start' | |
14357 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | |
14358 buffer being matched against. | |
14359 | |
14360 `buffer-end' | |
14361 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | |
14362 buffer being matched against. | |
14363 | |
14364 `point' | |
14365 matches the empty string, but only at point. | |
14366 | |
14367 `word-start' | |
14368 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | |
14369 word. | |
14370 | |
14371 `word-end' | |
14372 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word. | |
14373 | |
14374 `word-boundary' | |
14375 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | |
14376 word. | |
14377 | |
14378 `(not word-boundary)' | |
14379 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a | |
14380 word. | |
14381 | |
14382 `digit' | |
14383 matches 0 through 9. | |
14384 | |
14385 `control' | |
14386 matches ASCII control characters. | |
14387 | |
14388 `hex-digit' | |
14389 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. | |
14390 | |
14391 `blank' | |
14392 matches space and tab only. | |
14393 | |
14394 `graphic' | |
14395 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, | |
14396 space, and DEL. | |
14397 | |
14398 `printing' | |
14399 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars | |
14400 and DEL. | |
14401 | |
14402 `alphanumeric' | |
14403 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14404 it matches anything that has word syntax.) | |
14405 | |
14406 `letter' | |
14407 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14408 it matches anything that has word syntax.) | |
14409 | |
14410 `ascii' | |
14411 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. | |
14412 | |
14413 `nonascii' | |
14414 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. | |
14415 | |
14416 `lower' | |
14417 matches anything lower-case. | |
14418 | |
14419 `upper' | |
14420 matches anything upper-case. | |
14421 | |
14422 `punctuation' | |
14423 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14424 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) | |
14425 | |
14426 `space' | |
14427 matches anything that has whitespace syntax. | |
14428 | |
14429 `word' | |
14430 matches anything that has word syntax. | |
14431 | |
14432 `(syntax SYNTAX)' | |
14433 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one | |
14434 of the following symbols. | |
14435 | |
14436 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation) | |
14437 `punctuation' (\\s.) | |
14438 `word' (\\sw) | |
14439 `symbol' (\\s_) | |
14440 `open-parenthesis' (\\s() | |
14441 `close-parenthesis' (\\s)) | |
14442 `expression-prefix' (\\s') | |
14443 `string-quote' (\\s\") | |
14444 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$) | |
14445 `escape' (\\s\\) | |
14446 `character-quote' (\\s/) | |
14447 `comment-start' (\\s<) | |
14448 `comment-end' (\\s>) | |
14449 | |
14450 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))' | |
14451 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX. | |
14452 | |
14453 `(category CATEGORY)' | |
14454 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be | |
14455 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols. | |
14456 | |
14457 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation) | |
14458 `base-vowel' (\\c1) | |
14459 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2) | |
14460 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3) | |
14461 `tone-mark' (\\c4) | |
14462 `symbol' (\\c5) | |
14463 `digit' (\\c6) | |
14464 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7) | |
14465 `vowel-sign' (\\c8) | |
14466 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9) | |
14467 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<) | |
14468 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>) | |
14469 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA) | |
14470 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC) | |
14471 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG) | |
14472 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH) | |
14473 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI) | |
14474 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK) | |
14475 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN) | |
14476 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY) | |
14477 `ascii' (\\ca) | |
14478 `arabic' (\\cb) | |
14479 `chinese' (\\cc) | |
14480 `ethiopic' (\\ce) | |
14481 `greek' (\\cg) | |
14482 `korean' (\\ch) | |
14483 `indian' (\\ci) | |
14484 `japanese' (\\cj) | |
14485 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck) | |
14486 `latin' (\\cl) | |
14487 `lao' (\\co) | |
14488 `tibetan' (\\cq) | |
14489 `japanese-roman' (\\cr) | |
14490 `thai' (\\ct) | |
14491 `vietnamese' (\\cv) | |
14492 `hebrew' (\\cw) | |
14493 `cyrillic' (\\cy) | |
14494 `can-break' (\\c|) | |
14495 | |
14496 `(not (category CATEGORY))' | |
14497 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY. | |
14498 | |
14499 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14500 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc. | |
14501 | |
14502 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14503 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end', | |
14504 `match-beginning', and `match-string'. | |
14505 | |
14506 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14507 another name for `submatch'. | |
14508 | |
14509 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14510 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all | |
14511 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting | |
14512 regular expression. | |
14513 | |
14514 `(minimal-match SEXP)' | |
14515 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching | |
14516 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they | |
14517 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can | |
14518 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible. | |
14519 | |
14520 `(maximal-match SEXP)' | |
14521 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default. | |
14522 | |
14523 `(zero-or-more SEXP)' | |
14524 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
14525 | |
14526 `(0+ SEXP)' | |
14527 like `zero-or-more'. | |
14528 | |
14529 `(* SEXP)' | |
14530 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
14531 | |
14532 `(*? SEXP)' | |
14533 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
14534 | |
14535 `(one-or-more SEXP)' | |
14536 matches one or more occurrences of A. | |
14537 | |
14538 `(1+ SEXP)' | |
14539 like `one-or-more'. | |
14540 | |
14541 `(+ SEXP)' | |
14542 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
14543 | |
14544 `(+? SEXP)' | |
14545 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
14546 | |
14547 `(zero-or-one SEXP)' | |
14548 matches zero or one occurrences of A. | |
14549 | |
14550 `(optional SEXP)' | |
14551 like `zero-or-one'. | |
14552 | |
14553 `(? SEXP)' | |
14554 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
14555 | |
14556 `(?? SEXP)' | |
14557 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
14558 | |
14559 `(repeat N SEXP)' | |
14560 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
14561 | |
14562 `(repeat N M SEXP)' | |
14563 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
14564 | |
14565 `(eval FORM)' | |
14566 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string, | |
14567 `regexp-quote' it. | |
14568 | |
14569 `(regexp REGEXP)' | |
14570 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro)) | |
14571 | |
14572 ;;;*** | |
14573 | |
25876 | 14574 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" |
39611 | 14575 ;;;;;; (15192 12245)) |
25876 | 14576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
14577 | |
14578 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
14579 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
27016 | 14580 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 14581 |
14582 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
14583 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
14584 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
14585 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
33002 | 14586 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT |
14587 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the | |
14588 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to | |
14589 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. | |
25876 | 14590 |
14591 Commands: | |
14592 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14593 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
14594 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
27016 | 14595 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 14596 if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
14597 | |
14598 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
14599 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
27016 | 14600 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 14601 |
14602 Commands: | |
14603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14604 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
14605 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
14606 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
14607 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
14608 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
14609 | |
14610 ;;;*** | |
14611 | |
14612 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
39611 | 14613 ;;;;;; (14791 59103)) |
25876 | 14614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
14615 | |
14616 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
14617 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
14618 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
14619 | |
14620 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14621 | |
14622 ;;;*** | |
14623 | |
39611 | 14624 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15192 |
14625 ;;;;;; 12248)) | |
25876 | 14626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
14627 | |
14628 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
14629 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 14630 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 14631 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
14632 | |
14633 Interesting variables: | |
14634 | |
14635 scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
14636 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
14637 | |
14638 scribe-electric-quote | |
14639 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
14640 | |
14641 scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
14642 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
14643 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
14644 | |
14645 ;;;*** | |
14646 | |
34166 | 14647 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" |
39611 | 14648 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15192 12217)) |
34166 | 14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el |
14650 | |
14651 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\ | |
14652 Control/track scroll locking. | |
14653 | |
14654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14655 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.") | |
14656 | |
14657 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14658 | |
14659 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all)) | |
14660 | |
14661 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\ | |
14662 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil) | |
14663 | |
14664 ;;;*** | |
14665 | |
25876 | 14666 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode |
14667 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
35196 | 14668 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function |
14669 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind | |
14670 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" | |
39611 | 14671 ;;;;;; (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 14672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
14673 | |
14674 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
14675 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
14676 | |
14677 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
14678 king@grassland.com | |
14679 If `parens', they look like: | |
14680 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
14681 If `angles', they look like: | |
14682 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 14683 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
14684 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
14685 | |
14686 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
14687 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
14688 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
14689 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
14690 | |
30565 | 14691 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ |
25998 | 14692 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. |
38398 | 14693 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in |
14694 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback. | |
25998 | 14695 |
14696 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
14697 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 14698 |
14699 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
14700 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
14701 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
14702 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
14703 | |
14704 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
14705 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
14706 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
14707 | |
14708 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
14709 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
14710 | |
14711 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
14712 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
14713 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
39590 | 14714 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line, |
14715 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
35668 | 14716 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also |
14717 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.") | |
25876 | 14718 |
14719 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
14720 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
14721 | |
14722 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
14723 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
14724 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
14725 | |
14726 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
14727 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
14728 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
14729 when you first send mail.") | |
14730 | |
14731 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
14732 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
14733 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
14734 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
14735 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
14736 | |
14737 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
14738 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
14739 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
14740 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
14741 This file need not actually exist.") | |
14742 | |
14743 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
14744 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
14745 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
14746 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
14747 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
14748 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
14749 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
14750 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
14751 | |
14752 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
14753 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
14754 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
14755 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
14756 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
14757 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
14758 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
39437 | 14759 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To: |
25876 | 14760 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). |
14761 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
14762 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
14763 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
35196 | 14764 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC). |
14765 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and | |
14766 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil) | |
25876 | 14767 |
14768 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
14769 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
14770 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
14771 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
14772 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 14773 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 14774 |
14775 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
14776 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
14777 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
14778 | |
14779 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
14780 User should not set this variable manually, | |
14781 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
14782 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 14783 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 14784 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
14785 | |
14786 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
14787 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
14788 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
14789 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
14790 | |
14791 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
14792 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
14793 | |
14794 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
14795 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
14796 | |
14797 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
14798 to move to message header fields: | |
14799 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
14800 | |
14801 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
14802 when the message is initialized. | |
14803 | |
14804 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
14805 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
14806 | |
14807 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
14808 is inserted. | |
14809 | |
14810 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
14811 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
14812 | |
14813 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
14814 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
14815 | |
14816 The second through fifth arguments, | |
14817 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
14818 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
14819 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
14820 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
14821 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
14822 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
14823 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
14824 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
14825 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
14826 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
14827 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
14828 | |
14829 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
14830 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
14831 | |
14832 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
14833 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
14834 | |
14835 ;;;*** | |
14836 | |
39611 | 14837 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15256 50712)) |
25876 | 14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
14839 | |
14840 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
14841 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
14842 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
14843 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
14844 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
14845 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
14846 | |
14847 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
14848 | |
14849 ;;;*** | |
14850 | |
14851 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
39732 | 14852 ;;;;;; (15293 58088)) |
25876 | 14853 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
14854 | |
14855 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
14856 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
14857 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
14858 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
14859 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
14860 | |
14861 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
14862 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
14863 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
14864 | |
14865 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
14866 your `.emacs' file. | |
14867 | |
14868 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
14869 | |
14870 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
14871 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
14872 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14873 | |
14874 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
14875 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
14876 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
14877 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
14878 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
14879 which this is based. | |
14880 | |
14881 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
14882 | |
14883 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
14884 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
14885 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
14886 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
14887 | |
14888 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
14889 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
14890 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
14891 | |
14892 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
14893 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
14894 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
14895 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
14896 | |
14897 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
14898 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
14899 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
14900 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
14901 | |
14902 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
14903 | |
14904 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
14905 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
14906 To work around that, do: | |
14907 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
14908 | |
14909 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14910 | |
14911 ;;;*** | |
14912 | |
14913 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
39611 | 14914 ;;;;;; (15155 16529)) |
25876 | 14915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
14916 | |
14917 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
14918 | |
14919 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
14920 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
14921 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
14922 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
14923 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
14924 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
14925 | |
14926 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
14927 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
14928 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
14929 shell-specific features. | |
14930 | |
14931 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
14932 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
14933 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
14934 | |
14935 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
14936 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
14937 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
14938 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
14939 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
14940 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
14941 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
14942 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
14943 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
14944 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
14945 | |
25998 | 14946 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
14947 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
14948 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
14949 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
14950 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
14951 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
31388 | 14952 buffer indents as it currently is indented. |
25998 | 14953 |
14954 | |
25876 | 14955 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
14956 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
14957 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
14958 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
14959 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
14960 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
14961 | |
14962 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
14963 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
14964 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
14965 | |
14966 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
14967 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
14968 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
14969 | |
14970 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
14971 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
14972 | |
14973 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
14974 | |
14975 ;;;*** | |
14976 | |
14977 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
39611 | 14978 ;;;;;; (15192 12223)) |
25876 | 14979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
14980 | |
14981 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
14982 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
14983 | |
14984 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
14985 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
14986 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
14987 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
14988 the earlier. | |
14989 | |
14990 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
14991 | |
14992 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
14993 | |
14994 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
14995 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
14996 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
14997 | |
14998 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
14999 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
15000 | |
15001 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
15002 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
15003 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
15004 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
15005 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
15006 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
15007 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
15008 emacs version). | |
15009 | |
15010 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
15011 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
15012 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
15013 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
15014 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
15015 | |
15016 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
15017 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
15018 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
15019 | |
15020 ;;;*** | |
15021 | |
36101 | 15022 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group |
39611 | 15023 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15192 |
15024 ;;;;;; 12217)) | |
36101 | 15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el |
15026 | |
15027 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15028 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME. | |
15029 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from | |
15030 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are | |
15031 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy | |
15032 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites | |
15033 in the cluster." t nil) | |
15034 | |
15035 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15036 Declare a single file to be shared between sites. | |
15037 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the | |
15038 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be | |
15039 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil) | |
15040 | |
15041 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15042 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts. | |
15043 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list | |
15044 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all | |
15045 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function). | |
15046 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see | |
15047 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil) | |
15048 | |
15049 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15050 Set up file shadowing." t nil) | |
15051 | |
15052 ;;;*** | |
15053 | |
32115 | 15054 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el" |
38452 | 15055 ;;;;;; (15186 41418)) |
25876 | 15056 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
15057 | |
32115 | 15058 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\ |
35668 | 15059 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and |
15060 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that | |
15061 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the | |
15062 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell | |
15063 arguments.") | |
25876 | 15064 |
15065 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
33002 | 15066 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). |
15067 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. | |
15068 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
15069 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. | |
25876 | 15070 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', |
15071 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
15072 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
15073 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
15074 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
15075 discards input when it starts up.) | |
15076 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
15077 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
15078 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
15079 | |
15080 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15081 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15082 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15083 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
15084 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15085 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15086 | |
15087 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
15088 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
15089 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
15090 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
15091 | |
15092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15093 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
15094 | |
15095 ;;;*** | |
15096 | |
39611 | 15097 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15192 |
15098 ;;;;;; 12245)) | |
25876 | 15099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
15100 | |
15101 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
15102 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
15103 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
15104 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
15105 simula-tab-always-indent | |
15106 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
15107 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
15108 simula-indent-level | |
15109 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
15110 simula-substatement-offset | |
15111 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
15112 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
15113 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
15114 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
15115 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
15116 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
15117 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
15118 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
15119 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
15120 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
15121 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
15122 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
15123 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
15124 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
15125 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
15126 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
15127 simula-electric-indent nil | |
15128 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
15129 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
15130 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
15131 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
15132 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
15133 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
15134 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
15135 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
15136 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
15137 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
15138 | |
15139 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
15140 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
15141 | |
15142 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
15143 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
15144 at all." t nil) | |
15145 | |
15146 ;;;*** | |
15147 | |
15148 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
15149 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
38452 | 15150 ;;;;;; (15186 41418)) |
25876 | 15151 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
15152 | |
15153 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
15154 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
15155 | |
15156 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
15157 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
15158 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
15159 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
15160 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
15161 | |
15162 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
15163 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15164 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15165 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
15166 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
15167 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
15168 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
15169 | |
15170 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
15171 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
15172 ignored." t nil) | |
15173 | |
15174 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
15175 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15176 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15177 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
15178 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
15179 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
15180 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
15181 | |
15182 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
15183 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
15184 ignored." t nil) | |
15185 | |
15186 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
15187 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
15188 | |
15189 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
15190 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
15191 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
15192 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
15193 | |
15194 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
15195 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
15196 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
15197 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
15198 | |
15199 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
15200 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
15201 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
15202 | |
15203 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
15204 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
15205 | |
15206 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
15207 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
15208 | |
15209 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
36101 | 15210 _ interesting point, interregion here |
25876 | 15211 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode |
15212 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
37203 | 15213 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point |
15214 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point | |
25876 | 15215 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') |
15216 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
15217 nil skipped | |
15218 | |
36101 | 15219 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence |
15220 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text. | |
15221 | |
25876 | 15222 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may |
15223 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
15224 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
15225 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
15226 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
15227 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
15228 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
15229 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
15230 | |
15231 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
15232 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
15233 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
15234 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
15235 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
15236 available: | |
15237 | |
15238 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
15239 then: insert previously read string once more | |
15240 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
15241 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
15242 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
15243 | |
15244 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
15245 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
15246 | |
15247 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
15248 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
15249 | |
15250 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
15251 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
15252 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
15253 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
37203 | 15254 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character |
15255 such as backslash. | |
25876 | 15256 |
15257 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
15258 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
15259 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
15260 | |
15261 ;;;*** | |
15262 | |
39611 | 15263 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15209 |
15264 ;;;;;; 13374)) | |
26899 | 15265 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el |
15266 | |
15267 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
15268 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
15269 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15270 | |
15271 ;;;*** | |
15272 | |
32115 | 15273 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el" |
39611 | 15274 ;;;;;; (14906 580)) |
32115 | 15275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el |
15276 | |
15277 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\ | |
35196 | 15278 Display textual smileys as images. |
15279 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values | |
15280 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines | |
15281 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil) | |
32115 | 15282 |
15283 ;;;*** | |
15284 | |
25876 | 15285 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
39611 | 15286 ;;;;;; (15223 37897)) |
25876 | 15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
15288 | |
15289 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
15290 | |
15291 ;;;*** | |
15292 | |
39611 | 15293 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 15294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
15295 | |
15296 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
15297 Play the Snake game. | |
15298 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
15299 | |
15300 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
15301 | |
15302 snake-mode keybindings: | |
15303 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
15304 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
15305 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
15306 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
15307 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
15308 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
15309 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
15310 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
15311 | |
15312 " t nil) | |
15313 | |
15314 ;;;*** | |
15315 | |
28212 | 15316 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" |
39611 | 15317 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 15318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el |
25876 | 15319 |
15320 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
15321 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
15322 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
15323 Tab indents for C code. | |
15324 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
15325 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15326 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
15327 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
15328 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15329 | |
15330 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
15331 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
15332 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
15333 Tab indents for C code. | |
15334 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
15335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15336 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
15337 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
15338 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15339 | |
15340 ;;;*** | |
15341 | |
15342 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
15343 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
39611 | 15344 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15192 12221)) |
25876 | 15345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el |
15346 | |
15347 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
15348 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
15349 | |
15350 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
15351 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
15352 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
15353 | |
15354 For example, the form | |
15355 | |
15356 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
15357 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
15358 | |
15359 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
15360 | |
15361 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
15362 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
15363 | |
15364 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
15365 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
15366 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
15367 York City. | |
15368 | |
15369 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15370 | |
15371 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
15372 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
15373 | |
15374 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
15375 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
15376 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
15377 York City. | |
15378 | |
15379 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15380 | |
15381 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
15382 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
15383 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
15384 pair. | |
15385 | |
15386 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15387 | |
15388 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
15389 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
15390 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
15391 | |
15392 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
15393 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
15394 | |
15395 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
15396 | |
15397 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
15398 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
15399 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
15400 | |
15401 ;;;*** | |
15402 | |
15403 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 15404 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 15405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
15406 | |
15407 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
15408 Play Solitaire. | |
15409 | |
15410 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
15411 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
15412 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
15413 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
15414 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
15415 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
15416 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
15417 check after each move or undo) | |
15418 | |
15419 What is Solitaire? | |
15420 | |
15421 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
15422 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
15423 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
15424 | |
15425 Le Solitaire | |
15426 ============ | |
15427 | |
15428 o o o | |
15429 | |
15430 o o o | |
15431 | |
15432 o o o o o o o | |
15433 | |
15434 o o o . o o o | |
15435 | |
15436 o o o o o o o | |
15437 | |
15438 o o o | |
15439 | |
15440 o o o | |
15441 | |
15442 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
15443 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
15444 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
15445 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
15446 | |
15447 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
15448 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
15449 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
15450 this: o o . | |
15451 | |
15452 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
15453 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
15454 | |
15455 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
15456 | |
15457 o o o | |
15458 | |
15459 . o o | |
15460 | |
15461 o o . o o o o | |
15462 | |
15463 o . o o o o o | |
15464 | |
15465 o o o o o o o | |
15466 | |
15467 o o o | |
15468 | |
15469 o o o | |
15470 | |
15471 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
15472 | |
15473 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15474 | |
15475 ;;;*** | |
15476 | |
15477 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
15478 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
39611 | 15479 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15192 12217)) |
25876 | 15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
15481 | |
15482 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
15483 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
15484 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
15485 | |
15486 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
15487 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
15488 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
15489 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
15490 contiguous. | |
15491 | |
15492 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
15493 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
15494 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15495 the sort order. | |
15496 | |
15497 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
15498 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
15499 | |
15500 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
15501 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
15502 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
15503 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
15504 is called. | |
15505 | |
15506 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
15507 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
15508 | |
15509 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
15510 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
15511 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
15512 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
15513 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
15514 | |
15515 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
15516 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
15517 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
15518 | |
15519 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
15520 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
15521 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15522 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
15523 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15524 the sort order." t nil) | |
15525 | |
15526 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
15527 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
15528 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15529 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
15530 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15531 the sort order." t nil) | |
15532 | |
15533 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
15534 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
15535 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15536 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
15537 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15538 the sort order." t nil) | |
15539 | |
15540 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
15541 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
15542 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
27545 | 15543 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
15544 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
15545 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
25876 | 15546 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
15547 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15548 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
15549 | |
15550 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
15551 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
15552 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
15553 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
15554 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15555 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
15556 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15557 the sort order." t nil) | |
15558 | |
15559 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
15560 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
15561 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
15562 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
15563 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
15564 is to be used for sorting. | |
15565 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
15566 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
15567 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
15568 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
15569 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
15570 | |
15571 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
15572 | |
15573 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15574 the sort order. | |
15575 | |
15576 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
15577 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
15578 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
15579 | |
15580 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
15581 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
34166 | 15582 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes |
25876 | 15583 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. |
15584 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
34166 | 15585 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order. |
25876 | 15586 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
15587 the sort order. | |
15588 | |
15589 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
15590 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
15591 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
15592 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
15593 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
15594 | |
15595 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
15596 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
15597 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
15598 | |
15599 ;;;*** | |
15600 | |
15601 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
39611 | 15602 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15192 12218)) |
25876 | 15603 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
15604 | |
15605 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
15606 | |
15607 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
15608 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
15609 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
15610 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
15611 supported at a time. | |
15612 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
15613 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
15614 | |
15615 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
15616 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
15617 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
15618 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
15619 | |
15620 ;;;*** | |
15621 | |
15622 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
39611 | 15623 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15192 12248)) |
25876 | 15624 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
15625 | |
15626 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
15627 | |
15628 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
15629 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
15630 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
15631 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
15632 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
15633 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
15634 | |
15635 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
15636 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
15637 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
15638 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
15639 | |
15640 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
15641 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
15642 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
15643 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
15644 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
15645 | |
15646 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
15647 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
15648 | |
15649 ;;;*** | |
15650 | |
33357 | 15651 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821 |
15652 ;;;;;; 31351)) | |
25876 | 15653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
15654 | |
15655 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
15656 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
15657 | |
15658 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
15659 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
15660 | |
15661 ;;;*** | |
15662 | |
37617 | 15663 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres |
15664 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode | |
39611 | 15665 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15232 65306)) |
25876 | 15666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
15667 | |
15668 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 15669 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 15670 |
15671 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
15672 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
15673 | |
15674 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
15675 | |
15676 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
15677 | |
15678 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
15679 | |
15680 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
15681 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
15682 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
15683 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
15684 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
15685 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
15686 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
37617 | 15687 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase] |
25876 | 15688 |
15689 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
15690 | |
15691 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
15692 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
15693 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
15694 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
15695 | |
15696 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
15697 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
15698 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
15699 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
15700 | |
15701 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
15702 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
15703 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
15704 | |
15705 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
15706 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
15707 | |
15708 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
15709 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
15710 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
15711 | |
25998 | 15712 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 15713 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
15714 | |
15715 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
15716 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
15717 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
15718 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
15719 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
15720 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
15721 | |
15722 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
15723 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
15724 | |
30565 | 15725 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ |
15726 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. | |
15727 | |
15728 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15729 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15730 `*SQL*'. | |
15731 | |
15732 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses | |
15733 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
15734 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in | |
15735 the list `sql-oracle-options'. | |
15736 | |
15737 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15738 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15739 | |
15740 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15741 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15742 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15743 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15744 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15745 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15746 | |
15747 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15748 | |
15749 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ | |
15750 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. | |
15751 | |
15752 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15753 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15754 `*SQL*'. | |
15755 | |
15756 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses | |
33002 | 15757 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and |
36538 | 15758 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
15759 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'. | |
30565 | 15760 |
15761 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15762 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15763 | |
15764 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15765 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15766 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15767 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15768 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15769 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15770 | |
15771 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15772 | |
15773 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ | |
15774 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. | |
15775 | |
15776 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15777 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15778 `*SQL*'. | |
15779 | |
15780 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses | |
15781 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
15782 | |
15783 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15784 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15785 | |
15786 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15787 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15788 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15789 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15790 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15791 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15792 | |
15793 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15794 | |
15795 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ | |
15796 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. | |
15797 | |
15798 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate; | |
15799 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead. | |
15800 | |
15801 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15802 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15803 `*SQL*'. | |
15804 | |
15805 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses | |
15806 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | |
36538 | 15807 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
15808 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'. | |
30565 | 15809 |
15810 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15811 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15812 | |
15813 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15814 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15815 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15816 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15817 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15818 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15819 | |
15820 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15821 | |
15822 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ | |
15823 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. | |
15824 | |
15825 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15826 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15827 `*SQL*'. | |
15828 | |
15829 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses | |
15830 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | |
15831 defaults, if set. | |
15832 | |
15833 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15834 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15835 | |
15836 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15837 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15838 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15839 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15840 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15841 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15842 | |
15843 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15844 | |
15845 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ | |
15846 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. | |
15847 | |
15848 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15849 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15850 `*SQL*'. | |
15851 | |
15852 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses | |
15853 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
15854 | |
15855 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15856 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15857 | |
15858 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15859 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15860 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15861 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15862 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15863 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15864 | |
15865 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15866 | |
15867 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ | |
15868 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process. | |
15869 | |
15870 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15871 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15872 `*SQL*'. | |
15873 | |
15874 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the | |
15875 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' | |
15876 as defaults, if set. | |
15877 | |
15878 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15879 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15880 | |
15881 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15882 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15883 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15884 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15885 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15886 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15887 | |
15888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15889 | |
25876 | 15890 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ |
15891 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
15892 | |
15893 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15894 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15895 `*SQL*'. | |
15896 | |
15897 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
15898 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
36538 | 15899 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list |
15900 `sql-postgres-options'. | |
25876 | 15901 |
15902 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15904 | |
15905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15907 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 15910 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 15911 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
15912 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
15913 | |
15914 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
15915 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
15916 | |
15917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15918 | |
37203 | 15919 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\ |
15920 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process. | |
15921 | |
15922 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15923 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15924 `*SQL*'. | |
15925 | |
15926 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login | |
15927 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
15928 defaults, if set. | |
15929 | |
15930 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15931 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15932 | |
15933 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15934 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15935 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15936 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15937 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15938 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15939 | |
15940 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15941 | |
37617 | 15942 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\ |
15943 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process. | |
15944 | |
15945 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15946 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15947 `*SQL*'. | |
15948 | |
15949 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not | |
15950 automatic login. | |
15951 | |
15952 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15953 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15954 | |
39050 | 15955 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to |
15956 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set | |
15957 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after | |
15958 advice. See the elisp manual for more information. | |
37617 | 15959 |
15960 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15961 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15962 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15963 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15964 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15965 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15966 | |
15967 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15968 | |
25876 | 15969 ;;;*** |
15970 | |
32115 | 15971 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer |
15972 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes | |
15973 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke | |
15974 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke | |
15975 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el" | |
39611 | 15976 ;;;;;; (14788 10033)) |
25876 | 15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
15978 | |
15979 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
32115 | 15980 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled. |
15981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize | |
15982 or M-x strokes-mode.") | |
15983 | |
15984 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15985 | |
15986 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes)) | |
25876 | 15987 |
15988 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
15989 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
15990 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
15991 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
15992 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
15993 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
15994 | |
15995 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
15996 | |
15997 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
15998 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
15999 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
16000 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
16001 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
16002 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
16003 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
16004 | |
16005 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16006 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
16007 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
16008 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
16009 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
16010 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
16011 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
16012 | |
16013 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
32115 | 16014 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command. |
25876 | 16015 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) |
16016 | |
16017 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16018 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
16019 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
16020 | |
16021 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16022 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
16023 | |
16024 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
16025 | |
16026 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
32115 | 16027 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil) |
25876 | 16028 |
16029 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
16030 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
16031 | |
16032 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
16033 | |
32115 | 16034 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\ |
16035 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. | |
16036 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes | |
16037 chronologically by command name. | |
16038 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil) | |
16039 | |
25876 | 16040 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ |
16041 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
16042 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
16043 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
16044 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
16045 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
16046 new strokes with | |
16047 | |
16048 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
16049 | |
16050 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
32115 | 16051 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your |
25876 | 16052 strokes with |
16053 | |
16054 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
16055 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
16056 | |
32115 | 16057 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\ |
16058 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. | |
16059 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | |
16060 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil) | |
16061 | |
16062 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16063 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil) | |
16064 | |
25876 | 16065 ;;;*** |
16066 | |
33002 | 16067 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el" |
39611 | 16068 ;;;;;; (15223 37897)) |
33002 | 16069 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el |
16070 | |
16071 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\ | |
16072 Studlify-case the region" t nil) | |
16073 | |
16074 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\ | |
16075 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil) | |
16076 | |
16077 ;;;*** | |
16078 | |
25876 | 16079 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" |
39611 | 16080 ;;;;;; (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 16081 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
16082 | |
16083 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
16084 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
16085 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
16086 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
16087 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
16088 original message but it does require a few things: | |
16089 | |
16090 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
16091 | |
16092 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
16093 reply buffer. | |
16094 | |
16095 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
16096 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
16097 original message. | |
16098 | |
16099 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
16100 | |
16101 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
16102 | |
16103 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
16104 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
16105 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
16106 | |
16107 ;;;*** | |
16108 | |
27321 | 16109 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639)) |
25876 | 16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
16111 | |
16112 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
16113 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
16114 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
16115 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
16116 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
16117 | |
16118 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
16119 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
16120 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
16121 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
16122 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
16123 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
16124 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
16125 | |
16126 ;;;*** | |
16127 | |
39611 | 16128 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15192 12218)) |
25876 | 16129 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
16130 | |
16131 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
16132 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
16133 | |
16134 ;;;*** | |
16135 | |
39611 | 16136 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15292 25969)) |
25876 | 16137 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
16138 | |
16139 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
16140 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
16141 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
16142 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
16143 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
16144 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
16145 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
16146 | |
16147 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
16148 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
16149 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
16150 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
16151 | |
16152 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
16153 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
16154 | |
16155 ;;;*** | |
16156 | |
25998 | 16157 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
39611 | 16158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15192 12245)) |
25998 | 16159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el |
16160 | |
16161 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
16162 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
16163 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
16164 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
16165 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
16166 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
16167 | |
16168 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
16169 tcl-indent-level | |
16170 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
16171 tcl-continued-indent-level | |
16172 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
16173 | |
16174 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
16175 documentation for details): | |
16176 tcl-tab-always-indent | |
16177 Controls action of TAB key. | |
16178 tcl-auto-newline | |
16179 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
16180 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
16181 tcl-electric-hash-style | |
16182 Controls action of `#' key. | |
16183 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
16184 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
16185 This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
16186 tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
16187 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
16188 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
16189 | |
16190 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
16191 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
16192 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
16193 already exist. | |
16194 | |
16195 Commands: | |
16196 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
16197 | |
16198 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
16199 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
16200 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
16201 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
16202 | |
16203 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
16204 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
16205 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
16206 | |
16207 ;;;*** | |
16208 | |
39611 | 16209 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15242 17023)) |
28212 | 16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el |
25876 | 16211 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
16212 | |
16213 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
16214 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
16215 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
16216 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
16217 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
16218 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
16219 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
16220 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
16221 | |
16222 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
16223 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
16224 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
16225 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
16226 | |
16227 ;;;*** | |
16228 | |
39611 | 16229 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15192 |
16230 ;;;;;; 12218)) | |
25876 | 16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
16232 | |
16233 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
16234 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
16235 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
16236 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
16237 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
16238 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
16239 | |
16240 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
16241 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
16242 | |
16243 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
16244 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
16245 | |
16246 ;;;*** | |
16247 | |
39611 | 16248 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15192 |
16249 ;;;;;; 12218)) | |
25876 | 16250 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
16251 | |
16252 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
16253 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
16254 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
16255 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
16256 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
16257 program as keyboard input. | |
16258 | |
16259 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
16260 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
16261 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
16262 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
16263 | |
16264 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
16265 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
16266 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
16267 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
16268 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
16269 | |
16270 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
16271 | |
16272 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
16273 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
16274 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
16275 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
16276 | |
16277 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
16278 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
16279 subprocess started." t nil) | |
16280 | |
16281 ;;;*** | |
16282 | |
39611 | 16283 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
16285 | |
16286 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
16287 Play the Tetris game. | |
16288 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
16289 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
16290 as to form complete rows. | |
16291 | |
16292 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
16293 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
16294 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
16295 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
16296 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
16297 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
16298 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
16299 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
16300 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
16301 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
16302 | |
16303 " t nil) | |
16304 | |
16305 ;;;*** | |
16306 | |
16307 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
16308 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
16309 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16310 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
16311 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
16312 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
16313 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
39611 | 16314 ;;;;;; (15192 12248)) |
25876 | 16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
16316 | |
16317 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
16318 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
16319 | |
16320 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
16321 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
16322 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
16323 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
16324 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
16325 | |
16326 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
16327 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
16328 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
16329 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
16330 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
16331 | |
16332 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
16333 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
16334 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
16335 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
16336 | |
16337 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
16338 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
16339 | |
16340 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
16341 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
16342 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16343 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16344 | |
16345 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
16346 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
16347 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16348 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16349 | |
16350 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
16351 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
16352 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16353 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16354 | |
16355 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
16356 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
16357 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
16358 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
16359 | |
16360 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
16361 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
16362 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
16363 | |
16364 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
16365 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
16366 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16367 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
16368 | |
16369 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
16370 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16371 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16372 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
16373 | |
16374 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
16375 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
16376 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16377 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
16378 | |
16379 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
16380 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
16381 for example, | |
16382 | |
16383 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16384 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
16385 | |
16386 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
16387 use.") | |
16388 | |
16389 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
16390 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
16391 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16392 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
16393 | |
16394 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
16395 window system being used. For example, | |
16396 | |
16397 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
16398 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
16399 | |
16400 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
16401 otherwise.") | |
16402 | |
16403 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
16404 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
16405 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
16406 | |
26724 | 16407 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 16408 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
16409 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
16410 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
16411 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
16412 | |
16413 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
16414 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
16415 | |
16416 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
16417 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
16418 | |
16419 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16420 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
16421 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
16422 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
16423 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
16424 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
16425 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
16426 | |
16427 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
16428 | |
16429 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
16430 | |
16431 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
16432 | |
16433 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16434 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
16435 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
16436 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
16437 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
16438 | |
16439 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
16440 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
16441 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
16442 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
16443 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16444 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16445 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
16446 | |
16447 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
16448 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
16449 | |
16450 Special commands: | |
38398 | 16451 \\{plain-tex-mode-map} |
25876 | 16452 |
16453 Mode variables: | |
16454 tex-run-command | |
16455 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16456 tex-directory | |
16457 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
16458 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16459 tex-dvi-print-command | |
16460 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16461 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16462 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
16463 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
16464 tex-dvi-view-command | |
16465 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
16466 tex-show-queue-command | |
16467 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
16468 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
16469 | |
16470 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
16471 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
16472 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
16473 | |
16474 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16475 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
16476 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
16477 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
16478 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
16479 | |
16480 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
16481 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
16482 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
16483 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
16484 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16485 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16486 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
16487 | |
16488 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
16489 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
16490 | |
16491 Special commands: | |
38398 | 16492 \\{latex-mode-map} |
25876 | 16493 |
16494 Mode variables: | |
16495 latex-run-command | |
16496 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16497 tex-directory | |
16498 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
16499 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16500 tex-dvi-print-command | |
16501 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16502 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16503 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
16504 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
16505 tex-dvi-view-command | |
16506 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
16507 tex-show-queue-command | |
16508 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
16509 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
16510 | |
16511 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
16512 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
16513 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
16514 | |
16515 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16516 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
16517 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
16518 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
16519 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
16520 | |
16521 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
16522 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
16523 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
16524 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
16525 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16526 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16527 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
16528 | |
16529 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
16530 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
16531 | |
16532 Special commands: | |
38398 | 16533 \\{slitex-mode-map} |
25876 | 16534 |
16535 Mode variables: | |
16536 slitex-run-command | |
16537 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16538 tex-directory | |
16539 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
16540 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16541 tex-dvi-print-command | |
16542 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16543 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16544 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
16545 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
16546 tex-dvi-view-command | |
16547 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
16548 tex-show-queue-command | |
16549 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
16550 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
16551 | |
16552 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
16553 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
16554 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
16555 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
16556 | |
16557 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
16558 | |
16559 ;;;*** | |
16560 | |
16561 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
39611 | 16562 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15192 12249)) |
25876 | 16563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
16564 | |
16565 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
16566 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
16567 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
16568 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
16569 | |
16570 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
16571 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
16572 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
16573 | |
16574 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
16575 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
16576 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
16577 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
16578 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
16579 | |
16580 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
16581 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
16582 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
16583 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
16584 | |
16585 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
16586 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
16587 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
16588 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
16589 | |
16590 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
16591 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
16592 | |
16593 ;;;*** | |
16594 | |
34166 | 16595 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote) |
39611 | 16596 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15192 12249)) |
25876 | 16597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
16598 | |
34166 | 16599 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\ |
16600 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
16601 | |
16602 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\ | |
16603 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
16604 | |
25876 | 16605 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ |
16606 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
16607 | |
16608 It has these extra commands: | |
16609 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
16610 | |
16611 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
16612 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
16613 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
16614 modified version of TeX input format. | |
16615 | |
16616 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
16617 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
16618 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
16619 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
16620 | |
16621 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
16622 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
16623 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
16624 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
16625 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
16626 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
16627 in the Texinfo file. | |
16628 | |
16629 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
16630 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
16631 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
16632 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
16633 move forward past the closing brace. | |
16634 | |
16635 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
16636 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
16637 | |
16638 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
16639 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
16640 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
16641 | |
16642 Here are the functions: | |
16643 | |
16644 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
16645 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
16646 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
16647 | |
16648 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
16649 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
16650 texinfo-master-menu | |
16651 | |
16652 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
16653 | |
16654 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
16655 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
16656 | |
16657 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
16658 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
16659 in the region. | |
16660 | |
16661 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
16662 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
16663 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
16664 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
16665 | |
16666 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
16667 be the first node in the file. | |
16668 | |
35196 | 16669 |
28710 | 16670 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the |
16671 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 16672 |
16673 ;;;*** | |
16674 | |
26899 | 16675 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
28919 | 16676 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) |
39611 | 16677 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
16679 | |
16680 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
16681 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
16682 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
16683 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
16684 | |
16685 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
16686 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
16687 | |
16688 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
16689 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
16690 | |
16691 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
16692 | |
26899 | 16693 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
16694 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
16695 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
16696 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
16697 to compose. | |
16698 | |
16699 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 16700 |
16701 ;;;*** | |
16702 | |
27949 | 16703 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
16704 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
39611 | 16705 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15192 12218)) |
25876 | 16706 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
16707 | |
16708 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
16709 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
16710 | |
16711 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
16712 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
16713 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
16714 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
16715 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
16716 | |
16717 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
16718 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
16719 | |
16720 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
16721 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
16722 | |
16723 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
16724 Return the THING at point. | |
16725 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
16726 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
16727 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
16728 | |
16729 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
16730 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
16731 | |
27949 | 16732 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) |
16733 | |
16734 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
16735 | |
16736 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
16737 | |
16738 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
16739 | |
25876 | 16740 ;;;*** |
16741 | |
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 16743 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
29505 | 16744 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region |
16745 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription | |
39611 | 16746 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15192 |
16747 ;;;;;; 12234)) | |
25876 | 16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
16749 | |
26899 | 16750 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 16751 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
16752 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
16753 | |
26899 | 16754 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
16755 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
16756 | |
16757 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
16758 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
16759 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 16760 |
16761 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 16762 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 16763 |
16764 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 16765 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
16766 | |
29505 | 16767 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ |
16768 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. | |
16769 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
16770 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil) | |
16771 | |
16772 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
16773 Decompose Tibetan string STR. | |
16774 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
16775 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil) | |
26899 | 16776 |
16777 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 16778 |
16779 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
16780 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 16781 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 16782 |
16783 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
16784 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
16785 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
16786 | |
16787 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
16788 | |
16789 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
16790 | |
16791 ;;;*** | |
16792 | |
26724 | 16793 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
39611 | 16794 ;;;;;; (15223 37897)) |
26724 | 16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
16796 | |
16797 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
16798 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
16799 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
16800 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
16801 parameters. | |
16802 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
16803 | |
16804 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
16805 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
16806 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
16807 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
16808 parameters. | |
16809 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
16810 | |
16811 ;;;*** | |
16812 | |
32115 | 16813 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date) |
39611 | 16814 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15223 37890)) |
25876 | 16815 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
16816 | |
16817 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ | |
16818 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
16819 | |
16820 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
16821 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
16822 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
16823 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
16824 are displayed as well. | |
16825 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
16826 | |
32115 | 16827 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
37617 | 16828 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled. |
33357 | 16829 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 16830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
16831 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
16832 | |
16833 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16834 | |
16835 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
16836 | |
25876 | 16837 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ |
16838 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
16839 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
16840 | |
16841 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
16842 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
16843 are displayed as well. | |
16844 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
16845 | |
16846 ;;;*** | |
16847 | |
32115 | 16848 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el" |
39611 | 16849 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
32115 | 16850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el |
16851 | |
16852 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
16853 Convert DATE into time." nil nil) | |
16854 | |
16855 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
16856 Parse DATE and return a time structure. | |
16857 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil) | |
16858 | |
16859 ;;;*** | |
16860 | |
25876 | 16861 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" |
39611 | 16862 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15275 13004)) |
25876 | 16863 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
16864 | |
16865 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 16866 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 16867 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
16868 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
16869 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
16870 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
16871 look like one of the following: | |
16872 Time-stamp: <> | |
16873 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
16874 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
16875 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
16876 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
16877 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 16878 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
16879 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
16880 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 16881 |
16882 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
16883 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
16884 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
16885 | |
16886 ;;;*** | |
16887 | |
31388 | 16888 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string |
16889 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out | |
16890 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in | |
16891 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" | |
39611 | 16892 ;;;;;; (15122 26745)) |
31388 | 16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el |
16894 | |
16895 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ | |
16896 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. | |
16897 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be | |
16898 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the | |
16899 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating. | |
16900 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is | |
16901 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display | |
16902 \(non-nil means on)." t nil) | |
16903 | |
16904 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ | |
16905 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
16906 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that | |
16907 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg | |
16908 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or | |
16909 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of | |
16910 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time | |
16911 this function is called within a day. | |
16912 | |
16913 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and | |
16914 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' | |
16915 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to | |
16916 discover the name of the project." t nil) | |
16917 | |
16918 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
16919 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
16920 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was | |
16921 begun during the last time segment. | |
16922 | |
16923 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and | |
16924 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' | |
16925 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to | |
16926 discover the reason." t nil) | |
16927 | |
16928 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16929 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil) | |
16930 | |
16931 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ | |
16932 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out. | |
16933 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been | |
16934 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last | |
16935 project you were working on." t nil) | |
16936 | |
16937 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
16938 Ask the user before clocking out. | |
16939 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil) | |
16940 | |
16941 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ | |
16942 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. | |
16943 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil) | |
16944 | |
16945 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16946 Return a string representing the amount of time left today. | |
16947 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY | |
16948 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. | |
16949 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of | |
16950 \"relative to today\"." t nil) | |
16951 | |
16952 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16953 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. | |
16954 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is | |
16955 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil) | |
16956 | |
16957 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16958 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today. | |
16959 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If | |
16960 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the | |
16961 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned | |
16962 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned | |
16963 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. | |
16964 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is | |
16965 non-nil." t nil) | |
16966 | |
16967 ;;;*** | |
16968 | |
25876 | 16969 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer |
16970 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
39611 | 16971 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15293 42340)) |
25876 | 16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
16973 | |
16974 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
16975 | |
16976 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
16977 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
16978 | |
16979 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
16980 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
16981 | |
16982 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
16983 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
16984 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
16985 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
16986 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
16987 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
16988 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
16989 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
16990 | |
16991 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
16992 | |
16993 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
16994 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
16995 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
16996 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
16997 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
16998 | |
16999 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
17000 | |
17001 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
17002 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
17003 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
17004 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
17005 | |
17006 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
17007 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
30565 | 17008 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
25876 | 17009 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. |
30565 | 17010 |
17011 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for | |
17012 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). | |
25876 | 17013 |
17014 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
17015 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
17016 | |
17017 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
17018 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
17019 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
17020 The call should look like: | |
17021 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
17022 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
17023 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
17024 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
17025 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
17026 | |
17027 ;;;*** | |
17028 | |
17029 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
39611 | 17030 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15192 12233)) |
25876 | 17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
17032 | |
17033 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
17034 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
17035 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
17036 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
17037 | |
17038 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
17039 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
17040 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
17041 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
17042 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
17043 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
17044 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
17045 | |
17046 ;;;*** | |
17047 | |
17048 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
39611 | 17049 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15122 26744)) |
25876 | 17050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
17051 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
17052 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
17053 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
17054 | |
17055 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
17056 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
17057 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
17058 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
17059 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
17060 | |
17061 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
17062 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
17063 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
17064 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
17065 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
17066 | |
17067 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
17068 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
17069 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
17070 in the menu in two ways: | |
17071 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
17072 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
17073 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
17074 | |
17075 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
17076 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
17077 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
17078 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
17079 | |
17080 ;;;*** | |
17081 | |
35196 | 17082 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities |
17083 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category) | |
39611 | 17084 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15192 12221)) |
28919 | 17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el |
17086 | |
35196 | 17087 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\ |
17088 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil) | |
17089 | |
17090 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17091 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil) | |
17092 | |
17093 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17094 Insert new TODO list entry. | |
17095 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current | |
17096 category." t nil) | |
17097 | |
30565 | 17098 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ |
17099 List top priorities for each category. | |
17100 | |
17101 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which | |
17102 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. | |
17103 | |
17104 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted | |
17105 between each category." t nil) | |
17106 | |
28919 | 17107 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ |
29505 | 17108 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. |
30565 | 17109 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted |
28919 | 17110 between each category. |
17111 | |
30565 | 17112 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil) |
28919 | 17113 |
35196 | 17114 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\ |
17115 Major mode for editing TODO lists. | |
17116 | |
17117 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil) | |
17118 | |
17119 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17120 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil) | |
17121 | |
17122 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17123 Show TODO list." t nil) | |
17124 | |
28919 | 17125 ;;;*** |
17126 | |
33002 | 17127 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item |
39050 | 17128 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15247 16242)) |
32115 | 17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el |
17130 | |
17131 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\ | |
36101 | 17132 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled. |
33357 | 17133 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 17134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
17135 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.") | |
17136 | |
33357 | 17137 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
32115 | 17138 |
17139 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar)) | |
17140 | |
17141 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17142 Toggle use of the tool bar. | |
34166 | 17143 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. |
32115 | 17144 |
17145 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for | |
17146 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil) | |
17147 | |
17148 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17149 Add an item to the tool bar. | |
17150 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | |
33002 | 17151 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments |
17152 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | |
17153 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | |
32115 | 17154 |
36101 | 17155 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The |
17156 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally | |
17157 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. | |
33002 | 17158 |
17159 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
17160 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
17161 function." nil nil) | |
17162 | |
17163 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17164 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | |
17165 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default | |
17166 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which | |
17167 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'. | |
17168 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'. | |
17169 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding. | |
17170 | |
17171 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
17172 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
17173 function." nil nil) | |
32115 | 17174 |
17175 ;;;*** | |
17176 | |
25998 | 17177 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
39611 | 17178 ;;;;;; (15122 26744)) |
25876 | 17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
17180 | |
17181 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
17182 Mode for tooltip display. | |
17183 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
17184 | |
25998 | 17185 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
17186 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
17187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17188 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
17189 | |
17190 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17191 | |
17192 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
17193 | |
17194 ;;;*** | |
17195 | |
39590 | 17196 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15292 |
39611 | 17197 ;;;;;; 25971)) |
25876 | 17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
17199 | |
17200 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
17201 | |
17202 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
17203 | |
17204 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
17205 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
17206 | |
17207 ;;;*** | |
17208 | |
17209 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
39611 | 17210 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 17211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
17212 | |
17213 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17214 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
17215 | |
17216 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17217 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
17218 | |
17219 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17220 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
17221 | |
17222 ;;;*** | |
17223 | |
39611 | 17224 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 42342)) |
25876 | 17225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
17226 | |
17227 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
17228 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
17229 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
17230 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
17231 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
17232 | |
17233 ;;;*** | |
17234 | |
17235 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
28710 | 17236 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560)) |
25876 | 17237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
17238 | |
17239 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
17240 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
17241 | |
17242 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
17243 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
17244 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
17245 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
17246 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
17247 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
17248 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
17249 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
17250 | |
17251 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
17252 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
17253 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
17254 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
17255 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
17256 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
17257 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
17258 | |
17259 ;;;*** | |
17260 | |
17261 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
39611 | 17262 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15223 37897)) |
25876 | 17263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
17264 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
17265 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
17266 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
17267 | |
17268 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
17269 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
17270 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
17271 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
17272 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
17273 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
17274 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
17275 | |
17276 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
17277 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
17278 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
17279 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
17280 | |
17281 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
17282 | |
17283 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
17284 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
17285 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
17286 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
17287 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
17288 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
17289 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
17290 | |
17291 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
17292 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
17293 | |
17294 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
17295 \\___/\\ | |
17296 / \\ | |
17297 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
17298 | |
17299 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
17300 | |
17301 ;;;*** | |
17302 | |
17303 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
17304 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
17305 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
35668 | 17306 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342)) |
25876 | 17307 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
17308 | |
17309 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
17310 Toggle typing break mode. | |
17311 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
17312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17313 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
17314 | |
17315 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17316 | |
17317 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
17318 | |
17319 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
17320 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
17321 | |
17322 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
17323 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
17324 | |
17325 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
17326 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
17327 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
17328 | |
17329 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
17330 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
17331 | |
17332 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
17333 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
17334 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
17335 | |
17336 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
17337 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
17338 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
17339 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
17340 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
17341 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
17342 | |
17343 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
17344 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
17345 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
17346 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
17347 | |
17348 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
17349 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
17350 | |
17351 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
17352 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
17353 | |
17354 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
17355 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
17356 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
17357 | |
17358 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
17359 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
17360 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
17361 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
17362 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
17363 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
17364 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
17365 | |
17366 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
17367 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
17368 | |
17369 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
17370 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
17371 reset the keystroke counter. | |
17372 | |
17373 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
17374 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
17375 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
17376 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
17377 | |
17378 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
17379 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
17380 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
17381 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
17382 | |
17383 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
17384 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
17385 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
17386 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
17387 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
17388 or not to continue. | |
17389 | |
17390 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
17391 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
17392 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
17393 approximate good values for this. | |
17394 | |
17395 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
17396 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
17397 | |
17398 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
17399 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
17400 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
17401 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
17402 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
17403 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
17404 | |
17405 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
17406 a typing break occur. They include: | |
17407 | |
17408 `type-break-query-mode' | |
17409 `type-break-query-function' | |
17410 `type-break-query-interval' | |
17411 | |
17412 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
17413 | |
17414 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
17415 Take a typing break. | |
17416 | |
17417 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
17418 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
17419 | |
17420 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
17421 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
17422 | |
17423 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
17424 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
17425 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
17426 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
17427 | |
17428 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
17429 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
17430 | |
17431 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
17432 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
17433 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
17434 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
17435 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
17436 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
17437 average typing speed.) | |
17438 | |
17439 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
17440 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
17441 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
17442 the computed maximum threshold. | |
17443 | |
17444 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
17445 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
17446 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
17447 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
17448 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
17449 | |
17450 ;;;*** | |
17451 | |
17452 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
39611 | 17453 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15192 12249)) |
25876 | 17454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
17455 | |
17456 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
17457 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
17458 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
17459 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
17460 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
17461 | |
17462 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
17463 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
17464 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
17465 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
17466 | |
17467 ;;;*** | |
17468 | |
17469 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
27545 | 17470 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848)) |
25876 | 17471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
17472 | |
17473 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
17474 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
17475 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
17476 | |
17477 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
17478 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
17479 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
17480 following the containing message." t nil) | |
17481 | |
17482 ;;;*** | |
17483 | |
17484 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
39611 | 17485 ;;;;;; (15223 37897)) |
25876 | 17486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
17487 | |
17488 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
17489 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
17490 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
17491 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
17492 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
17493 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
17494 | |
17495 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
17496 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
17497 | |
17498 ;;;*** | |
17499 | |
17500 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
36101 | 17501 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399)) |
25876 | 17502 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
17503 | |
17504 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
17505 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
17506 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 17507 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 17508 to refrain from editing the file |
17509 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
17510 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
17511 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
17512 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
17513 | |
17514 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
17515 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
17516 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
17517 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
17518 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
17519 | |
17520 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
17521 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
17522 | |
17523 ;;;*** | |
17524 | |
32115 | 17525 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external) |
39611 | 17526 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15192 12231)) |
32115 | 17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el |
17528 | |
17529 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\ | |
34166 | 17530 Uudecode region between START and END using external program. |
17531 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program | |
17532 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil) | |
32115 | 17533 |
17534 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\ | |
34166 | 17535 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program. |
32115 | 17536 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil) |
17537 | |
17538 ;;;*** | |
17539 | |
25876 | 17540 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file |
39050 | 17541 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer |
17542 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory | |
17543 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window | |
17544 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file | |
17545 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) | |
39611 | 17546 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15281 51219)) |
25876 | 17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
17548 | |
39050 | 17549 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\ |
17550 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a file has been checked out. | |
17551 See `run-hooks'.") | |
17552 | |
25876 | 17553 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ |
17554 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
17555 See `run-hooks'.") | |
17556 | |
17557 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
31388 | 17558 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. |
25876 | 17559 See `run-hooks'.") |
17560 | |
17561 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 17562 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body. |
17563 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. | |
17564 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
17565 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
25876 | 17566 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) |
17567 | |
17568 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 17569 Edit FILE under version control, executing body. |
17570 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. | |
25876 | 17571 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. |
17572 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
17573 | |
38452 | 17574 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\ |
17575 Execute a version control command, notifying user and checking for errors. | |
17576 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the | |
17577 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not | |
17578 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is | |
17579 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if | |
17580 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that | |
17581 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the | |
17582 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that | |
17583 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present, | |
17584 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil) | |
17585 | |
25876 | 17586 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ |
17587 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
31388 | 17588 |
17589 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
25876 | 17590 it will operate on the file in the current line. |
31388 | 17591 |
17592 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
25876 | 17593 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on |
17594 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
17595 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
17596 lock steals will raise an error. | |
31388 | 17597 |
17598 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
25876 | 17599 |
17600 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
17601 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
17602 control. | |
17603 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
17604 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
17605 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
17606 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
17607 it performs a revert. | |
17608 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
17609 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
17610 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
17611 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
17612 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
17613 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
17614 the option to steal the lock. | |
17615 | |
17616 For CVS files: | |
17617 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
17618 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
17619 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
17620 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
17621 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
17622 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
17623 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
17624 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
17625 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
17626 | |
17627 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17628 Register the current file into a version control system. |
17629 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version | |
31388 | 17630 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. |
17631 | |
32115 | 17632 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list |
31388 | 17633 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares |
17634 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that | |
17635 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to | |
17636 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the | |
17637 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil) | |
25876 | 17638 |
17639 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
17640 Display diffs between file versions. | |
31388 | 17641 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent |
25876 | 17642 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. |
17643 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
17644 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
17645 | |
17646 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
17647 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
17648 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
17649 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
17650 | |
17651 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17652 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system. |
25876 | 17653 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from |
31388 | 17654 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil) |
17655 | |
17656 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17657 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. |
17658 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the | |
17659 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that | |
17660 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes | |
17661 from the current branch. | |
31388 | 17662 |
17663 See Info node `Merging'." t nil) | |
25876 | 17664 |
17665 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
17666 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
17667 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
17668 | |
31388 | 17669 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ |
17670 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. | |
17671 | |
17672 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. | |
17673 | |
17674 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override | |
17675 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil) | |
25876 | 17676 |
17677 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17678 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. |
31388 | 17679 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version |
17680 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument | |
17681 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files | |
17682 are checked out in that new branch." t nil) | |
25876 | 17683 |
17684 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17685 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. |
17686 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. | |
17687 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any | |
17688 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are | |
17689 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil) | |
25876 | 17690 |
17691 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
17692 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
17693 | |
17694 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
17695 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
17696 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
32115 | 17697 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer |
17698 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil) | |
25876 | 17699 |
17700 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
17701 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
32115 | 17702 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) |
25876 | 17703 |
39050 | 17704 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\ |
17705 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE. | |
17706 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not | |
17707 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes | |
17708 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it. | |
17709 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends. | |
17710 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil) | |
17711 | |
17712 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\ | |
17713 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND. | |
17714 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend | |
17715 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in | |
17716 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the | |
17717 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current | |
17718 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current | |
17719 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend. | |
17720 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil) | |
17721 | |
25876 | 17722 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ |
17723 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
17724 | |
17725 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 17726 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. |
25876 | 17727 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default |
31388 | 17728 directory. |
25876 | 17729 |
32115 | 17730 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. |
25876 | 17731 |
17732 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
17733 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
17734 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
17735 | |
32115 | 17736 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which |
31388 | 17737 log entries should be gathered." t nil) |
25876 | 17738 |
17739 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
39437 | 17740 Display the edit history of the current file using colours. |
17741 | |
17742 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current | |
17743 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are | |
17744 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means | |
17745 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By | |
17746 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past; | |
17747 everything that is older than that is shown in blue. | |
17748 | |
17749 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the | |
17750 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer | |
17751 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version | |
17752 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then, | |
17753 you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes | |
17754 the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default | |
17755 of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from | |
17756 red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is | |
17757 older than that is shown in blue. | |
17758 | |
17759 Customization variables: | |
25876 | 17760 |
17761 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
17762 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
17763 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
17764 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
17765 | |
17766 ;;;*** | |
17767 | |
39611 | 17768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15244 62593)) |
31388 | 17769 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el |
17770 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) | |
17771 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | |
17772 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) | |
17773 (require 'vc-cvs) | |
17774 (vc-cvs-registered f))) | |
17775 | |
17776 ;;;*** | |
17777 | |
17778 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" | |
39611 | 17779 ;;;;;; (15244 62593)) |
31388 | 17780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el |
17781 | |
17782 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ | |
17783 *Where to look for RCS master files. | |
17784 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
17785 | |
17786 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f)) | |
17787 | |
17788 ;;;*** | |
17789 | |
17790 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" | |
39611 | 17791 ;;;;;; (15244 62593)) |
31388 | 17792 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el |
17793 | |
17794 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ | |
17795 *Where to look for SCCS master files. | |
17796 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
17797 | |
17798 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f)) | |
17799 | |
17800 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ | |
17801 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. | |
17802 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not | |
17803 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) | |
17804 | |
17805 ;;;*** | |
17806 | |
25876 | 17807 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" |
36101 | 17808 ;;;;;; (14385 23382)) |
25876 | 17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
17810 | |
17811 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
17812 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
17813 | |
17814 Usage: | |
17815 ------ | |
17816 | |
17817 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
17818 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
17819 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
17820 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
17821 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
17822 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
17823 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
17824 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
17825 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
17826 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
17827 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
17828 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
17829 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
17830 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
17831 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
17832 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
17833 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
17834 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
17835 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
17836 | |
17837 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
17838 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
17839 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
17840 | |
17841 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
17842 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
17843 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
17844 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
17845 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
17846 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
17847 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
17848 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
17849 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
17850 | |
17851 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
17852 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
17853 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
17854 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
17855 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
17856 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
17857 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
17858 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
17859 | |
17860 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
17861 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
17862 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
17863 | |
17864 - COMMENTS: | |
17865 `--' puts a single comment. | |
17866 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
17867 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
17868 comment in between. | |
17869 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
17870 following lines. | |
17871 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
17872 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
17873 | |
17874 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
17875 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
17876 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
17877 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
17878 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
17879 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
17880 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
17881 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
17882 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
17883 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
17884 multi-line comments. | |
17885 | |
17886 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
17887 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
17888 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
17889 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
17890 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
17891 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
17892 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
17893 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
17894 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
17895 | |
17896 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
17897 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
17898 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
17899 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
17900 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
17901 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
17902 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
17903 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
17904 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
17905 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
17906 | |
17907 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
17908 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
17909 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
17910 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
17911 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
17912 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
17913 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
17914 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
17915 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
17916 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
17917 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
17918 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
17919 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
17920 | |
17921 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
17922 | |
17923 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
17924 menu). | |
17925 | |
17926 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
17927 | |
17928 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
17929 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
17930 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
17931 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
17932 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
17933 | |
17934 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
17935 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
17936 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
17937 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
17938 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
17939 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
17940 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
17941 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
17942 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
17943 | |
17944 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
17945 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
17946 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
17947 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
17948 specified. | |
17949 | |
17950 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
17951 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
17952 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
17953 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
17954 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
17955 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
17956 | |
17957 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
17958 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
17959 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
17960 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
17961 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
17962 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
17963 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
17964 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
17965 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
17966 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
17967 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
17968 | |
17969 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
17970 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
17971 Math Packages. | |
17972 | |
17973 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
17974 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
17975 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
17976 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
17977 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
17978 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
17979 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
17980 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
17981 | |
17982 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
17983 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
17984 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
17985 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
17986 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
17987 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
17988 | |
17989 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
17990 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
17991 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
17992 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
17993 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
17994 | |
17995 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
17996 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
17997 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
17998 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
17999 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
18000 | |
18001 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
18002 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
18003 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
18004 | |
18005 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
18006 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
18007 is non-nil. | |
18008 | |
18009 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
18010 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
18011 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
18012 | |
18013 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
18014 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
18015 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
18016 | |
18017 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
18018 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
18019 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
18020 | |
18021 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
18022 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
18023 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
18024 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
18025 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
18026 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
18027 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
18028 | |
18029 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
18030 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
18031 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
18032 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
18033 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
18034 | |
18035 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
18036 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
18037 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
18038 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
18039 | |
18040 - HINTS: | |
18041 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
18042 | |
18043 | |
18044 Maintenance: | |
18045 ------------ | |
18046 | |
18047 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
18048 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
18049 | |
18050 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
18051 | |
18052 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
18053 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
18054 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
18055 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
18056 | |
18057 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
18058 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
18059 version and release notes can be found. | |
18060 | |
18061 | |
18062 Bugs and Limitations: | |
18063 --------------------- | |
18064 | |
18065 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
18066 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
18067 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
18068 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
18069 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
18070 does not work under XEmacs. | |
18071 | |
18072 | |
18073 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
18074 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
18075 | |
18076 Key bindings: | |
18077 ------------- | |
18078 | |
18079 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
18080 | |
18081 ;;;*** | |
18082 | |
39611 | 18083 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 18084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
18085 | |
18086 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
18087 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
18088 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
18089 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
18090 | |
18091 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
18092 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
18093 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
18094 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
18095 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
18096 | |
18097 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
18098 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
18099 | |
18100 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
18101 | |
18102 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
18103 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
18104 not supported. | |
18105 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
18106 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
18107 | |
18108 * Modifications | |
18109 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
18110 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
18111 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
18112 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
18113 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
18114 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
18115 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
18116 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
18117 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
18118 | |
18119 * Extensions | |
18120 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
18121 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
18122 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
18123 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
18124 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
18125 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
18126 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
18127 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
18128 | |
18129 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
18130 | |
18131 ;;;*** | |
18132 | |
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
18134 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
28919 | 18135 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" |
39611 | 18136 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 18137 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
18138 | |
18139 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
18140 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
18141 | |
18142 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
18143 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
18144 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
18145 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
18146 | |
18147 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
18148 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
18149 | |
18150 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
18151 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
18152 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
18153 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
18154 | |
18155 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
18156 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
18157 | |
18158 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
18159 | |
18160 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
18161 | |
18162 ;;;*** | |
18163 | |
18164 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
18165 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
39611 | 18166 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15254 |
18167 ;;;;;; 8041)) | |
25876 | 18168 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
18169 | |
18170 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
18171 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
18172 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
18173 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
18174 | |
18175 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
18176 | |
18177 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
18178 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
18179 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18180 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18181 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18182 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18183 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18184 | |
18185 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18186 | |
18187 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
18188 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
18189 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
18190 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18191 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18192 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18193 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18194 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18195 | |
18196 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18197 | |
18198 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
18199 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
18200 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
18201 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18202 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18203 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18204 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18205 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18206 | |
18207 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18208 | |
18209 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
18210 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
18211 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18212 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18213 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18214 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18215 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18216 | |
18217 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18218 | |
18219 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18220 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18221 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18222 | |
18223 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
18224 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
18225 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
18226 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18227 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18228 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18229 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18230 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18231 | |
18232 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18233 | |
18234 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18235 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18236 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18237 | |
18238 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
18239 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
18240 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
18241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18242 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18243 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18245 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18246 | |
18247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18248 | |
18249 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18250 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18251 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18252 | |
18253 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
18254 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
27949 | 18255 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
25876 | 18256 |
18257 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
18258 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
18259 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
18260 read-only. | |
18261 \\<view-mode-map> | |
18262 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
18263 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
18264 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
18265 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
18266 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
18267 | |
18268 H, h, ? This message. | |
18269 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
18270 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
18271 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
18272 > move to the end of buffer. | |
18273 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
27949 | 18274 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
18275 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
18276 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
18277 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
18278 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
18279 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
18280 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
18281 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
18282 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
18283 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
18284 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
18285 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
25876 | 18286 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
18287 Use this to view a changing file. | |
18288 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
18289 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
18290 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
18291 . set the mark. | |
18292 x exchanges point and mark. | |
18293 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
18294 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
18295 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
18296 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
18297 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
18298 s do forward incremental search. | |
18299 r do reverse incremental search. | |
18300 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
18301 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
18302 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
18303 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
18304 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
18305 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
18306 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
18307 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
18308 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
18309 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
18310 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
18311 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
18312 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
18313 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
18314 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
18315 | |
18316 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
27949 | 18317 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
18318 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
18319 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
18320 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
18321 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
18322 will return to that buffer. | |
25876 | 18323 |
18324 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18325 | |
18326 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
18327 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
18328 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
18329 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
18330 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
18331 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
18332 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
18333 | |
18334 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
18335 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
18336 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
18337 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
18338 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
18339 1) nil Do nothing. | |
18340 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
18341 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
18342 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
27949 | 18343 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
25876 | 18344 |
18345 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18346 | |
18347 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
18348 | |
18349 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
18350 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
18351 | |
18352 ;;;*** | |
18353 | |
39611 | 18354 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
18356 | |
18357 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
18358 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
18359 | |
18360 ;;;*** | |
18361 | |
18362 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
39611 | 18363 ;;;;;; (15260 46307)) |
25876 | 18364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
18365 | |
18366 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
18367 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 18368 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 18369 |
18370 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
18371 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
18372 | |
18373 ;;;*** | |
18374 | |
39611 | 18375 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el |
25876 | 18377 |
18378 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
18379 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
18380 | |
18381 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
18382 hotlist. | |
18383 | |
18384 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
18385 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
18386 | |
18387 ;;;*** | |
18388 | |
38398 | 18389 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el" |
39611 | 18390 ;;;;;; (15192 12219)) |
25876 | 18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
18392 | |
38398 | 18393 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode)) |
18394 | |
18395 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\ | |
18396 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled. | |
18397 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25876 | 18398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
38398 | 18399 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.") |
18400 | |
18401 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
18402 | |
18403 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func)) | |
18404 | |
18405 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
25876 | 18406 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. |
18407 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
18408 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
18409 | |
33002 | 18410 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, |
25876 | 18411 and off otherwise." t nil) |
18412 | |
18413 ;;;*** | |
18414 | |
39050 | 18415 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook |
18416 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region | |
37203 | 18417 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check |
18418 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check | |
18419 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check) | |
39611 | 18420 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15234 20126)) |
25998 | 18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
18422 | |
37203 | 18423 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\ |
18424 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18425 | |
18426 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
18427 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18428 | |
18429 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
18430 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18431 | |
18432 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
18433 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18434 | |
18435 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
18436 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18437 | |
25998 | 18438 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ |
33002 | 18439 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. |
18440 These are: | |
25998 | 18441 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). |
18442 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
18443 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
18444 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
18445 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
18446 | |
18447 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
18448 and: | |
18449 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
18450 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
18451 | |
18452 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 18453 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil) |
25998 | 18454 |
18455 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
18456 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
18457 | |
18458 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
18459 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
18460 | |
18461 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 18462 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil) |
18463 | |
18464 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\ | |
18465 Toggle global Whitespace mode. | |
18466 | |
18467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
18468 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode' | |
18469 \(which see).") | |
18470 | |
18471 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
18472 | |
18473 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace)) | |
25998 | 18474 |
39050 | 18475 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\ |
18476 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers. | |
18477 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
18478 | |
18479 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to | |
18480 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil) | |
18481 | |
18482 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\ | |
18483 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when | |
18484 whitespace check is enabled." t nil) | |
18485 | |
25998 | 18486 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ |
18487 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
18488 | |
18489 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
18490 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
18491 | |
18492 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
18493 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
18494 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
18495 replaced with TABS). | |
33002 | 18496 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). |
25998 | 18497 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. |
18498 | |
18499 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
18500 | |
26724 | 18501 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
18502 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 18503 |
18504 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
18505 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
18506 l - Leading whitespace. | |
18507 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
18508 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
18509 | |
18510 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 18511 !<y>. |
25998 | 18512 |
18513 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
18514 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
33002 | 18515 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost |
25998 | 18516 always they default to 8.) |
18517 | |
33002 | 18518 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to |
25998 | 18519 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or |
18520 even print it. | |
18521 | |
18522 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
18523 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
33002 | 18524 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these |
18525 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
18526 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
25998 | 18527 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between |
18528 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
18529 to set smarttab.) | |
18530 | |
18531 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
18532 merge problems. | |
18533 | |
18534 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
33002 | 18535 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any |
18536 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil) | |
25998 | 18537 |
18538 ;;;*** | |
18539 | |
25876 | 18540 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
39611 | 18541 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15192 12219)) |
25876 | 18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
18543 | |
18544 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
18545 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
18546 | |
18547 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
18548 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
18549 | |
18550 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
18551 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
18552 | |
18553 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
18554 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
18555 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
18556 | |
18557 ;;;*** | |
18558 | |
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
39050 | 18560 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15236 47779)) |
25876 | 18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
18562 | |
18563 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
18564 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
18565 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
18566 | |
18567 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
29505 | 18568 Create widget of TYPE. |
25876 | 18569 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
18570 | |
18571 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
18572 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
18573 | |
18574 ;;;*** | |
18575 | |
27545 | 18576 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
39590 | 18577 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15293 |
39611 | 18578 ;;;;;; 42340)) |
27545 | 18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
18580 | |
18581 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
18582 Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
18583 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
18584 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
18585 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
18586 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
18587 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
18588 | |
18589 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
18590 Select the window above the current one. | |
18591 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
18592 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
18593 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
18594 negative ARG) of the current window. | |
18595 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
18596 | |
18597 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
18598 Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
18599 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
18600 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
18601 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
18602 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
18603 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
18604 | |
18605 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
18606 Select the window below the current one. | |
18607 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
18608 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
18609 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
18610 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
18611 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
18612 | |
18613 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
18614 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil) | |
18615 | |
18616 ;;;*** | |
18617 | |
28077 | 18618 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" |
39611 | 18619 ;;;;;; (15185 36001)) |
28077 | 18620 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el |
18621 | |
18622 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
18623 Toggle winner-mode. | |
18624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
18625 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
18626 | |
18627 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
18628 | |
18629 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
18630 | |
18631 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
18632 Toggle Winner mode. | |
18633 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
18634 | |
18635 ;;;*** | |
18636 | |
28919 | 18637 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" |
39732 | 18638 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15296 19686)) |
28919 | 18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el |
18640 | |
18641 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | |
29505 | 18642 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). |
28919 | 18643 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. |
18644 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | |
18645 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | |
18646 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | |
18647 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | |
18648 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | |
18649 | |
29505 | 18650 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC |
18651 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil) | |
28919 | 18652 |
18653 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
18654 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil) | |
18655 | |
18656 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
18657 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | |
18658 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | |
18659 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | |
29505 | 18660 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. |
28919 | 18661 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to |
18662 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | |
18663 `woman' command for further details." t nil) | |
18664 | |
18665 ;;;*** | |
18666 | |
25876 | 18667 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
25998 | 18668 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 18669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
18670 | |
18671 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
18672 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
18673 | |
18674 BUGS: | |
18675 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
18676 are not implemented | |
18677 - Options for search and replace | |
18678 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
18679 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
18680 | |
18681 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
18682 Emacs-like. | |
18683 | |
18684 The key bindings are: | |
18685 | |
18686 C-a backward-word | |
18687 C-b fill-paragraph | |
18688 C-c scroll-up-line | |
18689 C-d forward-char | |
18690 C-e previous-line | |
18691 C-f forward-word | |
18692 C-g delete-char | |
18693 C-h backward-char | |
18694 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
18695 C-j help-for-help | |
18696 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
18697 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
18698 C-n open-line | |
18699 C-p quoted-insert | |
18700 C-r scroll-down-line | |
18701 C-s backward-char | |
18702 C-t kill-word | |
18703 C-u keyboard-quit | |
18704 C-v overwrite-mode | |
18705 C-w scroll-down | |
18706 C-x next-line | |
18707 C-y kill-complete-line | |
18708 C-z scroll-up | |
18709 | |
18710 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
18711 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
18712 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
18713 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
18714 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
18715 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
18716 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
18717 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
18718 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
18719 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
18720 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
18721 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
18722 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
18723 C-k f find-file | |
18724 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
18725 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
18726 C-k k ws-end-block | |
18727 C-k p ws-print-block | |
18728 C-k q kill-emacs | |
18729 C-k r insert-file | |
18730 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
18731 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
18732 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
18733 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
18734 C-k v ws-move-block | |
18735 C-k w ws-write-block | |
18736 C-k x kill-emacs | |
18737 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
18738 | |
18739 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
18740 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
18741 C-o j justify-current-line | |
18742 C-o k kill-buffer | |
18743 C-o l list-buffers | |
18744 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
18745 C-o r set-fill-column | |
18746 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
18747 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
18748 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
18749 C-o wo other-window | |
18750 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
18751 | |
18752 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
18753 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
18754 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
18755 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
18756 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
18757 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
18758 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
18759 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
18760 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
18761 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
18762 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
18763 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
18764 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
18765 C-q d end-of-line | |
18766 C-q f ws-search | |
18767 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
18768 C-q l ws-undo | |
18769 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
18770 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
18771 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
18772 C-q w ws-last-error | |
18773 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
18774 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
18775 " t nil) | |
18776 | |
18777 ;;;*** | |
18778 | |
39050 | 18779 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15199 |
39611 | 18780 ;;;;;; 61891)) |
25876 | 18781 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
18782 | |
18783 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
18784 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
18785 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
18786 | |
18787 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
18788 | |
18789 ;;;*** | |
18790 | |
18791 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
33357 | 18792 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720)) |
25876 | 18793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
18794 | |
18795 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
18796 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
18797 | |
18798 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
18799 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
18800 | |
18801 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
18802 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
18803 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
18804 | |
18805 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
18806 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
18807 | |
18808 ;;;*** | |
18809 | |
39611 | 18810 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15210 44097)) |
30565 | 18811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el |
18812 | |
18813 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ | |
18814 Zone out, completely." t nil) | |
18815 | |
18816 ;;;*** | |
18817 | |
25876 | 18818 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" |
39611 | 18819 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 18820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el |
25876 | 18821 |
18822 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
18823 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
18824 | |
25998 | 18825 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
18826 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
18827 | |
18828 Zone-mode does two things: | |
18829 | |
18830 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
18831 when saving the file | |
18832 | |
18833 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 18834 |
18835 ;;;*** | |
18836 | |
39732 | 18837 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" |
18838 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "uniquify.el" | |
18839 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "isearch.el" "files.el" "env.el" "bindings.el" | |
18840 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" | |
18841 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" | |
18842 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" | |
18843 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/refer.el" | |
18844 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/page.el" | |
18845 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el" | |
18846 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/xterm.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" | |
18847 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el" | |
18848 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el" | |
18849 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el" | |
18850 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" | |
18851 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/news.el" | |
18852 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el" | |
18853 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/internal.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" | |
18854 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" | |
18855 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" | |
18856 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" | |
18857 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" | |
18858 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" | |
18859 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-xref.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "play/meese.el" | |
18860 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" | |
18861 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" | |
18862 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" | |
18863 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" | |
18864 ;;;;;; "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" | |
18865 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el" | |
18866 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el" | |
18867 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "language/vietnamese.el" | |
18868 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/thai.el" "language/slovak.el" | |
18869 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/lao.el" | |
18870 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/indian.el" | |
18871 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/greek.el" "language/european.el" | |
18872 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el" | |
18873 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/chinese.el" | |
18874 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" | |
18875 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" | |
18876 ;;;;;; "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/parse-time.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" | |
18877 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" | |
18878 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" | |
18879 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" | |
18880 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nneething.el" | |
18881 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" | |
18882 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" | |
18883 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" | |
18884 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" | |
18885 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" | |
18886 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" | |
18887 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" | |
18888 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" | |
18889 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" | |
18890 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" | |
18891 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" | |
18892 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" | |
18893 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" | |
18894 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" | |
18895 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" | |
18896 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" | |
18897 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" | |
18898 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" | |
18899 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-script.el" | |
18900 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" | |
18901 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" | |
18902 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" | |
18903 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" | |
18904 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" | |
18905 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" | |
18906 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/mlsupport.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" | |
18907 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" | |
18908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" | |
18909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" | |
18910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" | |
18911 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" | |
18912 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" | |
18913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" | |
18914 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" | |
18915 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" | |
18916 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" | |
18917 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "net/ldap.el" | |
18918 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" | |
18919 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "international/utf-8.el" "international/swedish.el" | |
18920 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/mule.el" "international/mule-conf.el" | |
18921 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el" | |
18922 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el" | |
18923 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el" | |
18924 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/iso-swed.el" | |
18925 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" | |
18926 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "xscheme.el" "xml.el" "window.el" | |
18927 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "w32-fns.el" "vt100-led.el" "vt-control.el" "vmsproc.el" | |
18928 ;;;;;; "vms-patch.el" "version.el" "vcursor.el" "vc-hooks.el" "unused.el" | |
18929 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tempo.el" "tcp.el" "subdirs.el" "soundex.el" | |
18930 ;;;;;; "select.el" "scroll-bar.el" "saveplace.el" "s-region.el" | |
18931 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "register.el" "regi.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pcvs-parse.el" | |
18932 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "paths.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse.el" "mouse-drag.el" | |
18933 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "menu-bar.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el" | |
18934 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "generic-x.el" "frame.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el" | |
18935 ;;;;;; "format.el" "foldout.el" "float-sup.el" "finder-inf.el" "emacs-lock.el" | |
18936 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "ediff-wind.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-ptch.el" | |
18937 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-diff.el" "dos-w32.el" | |
18938 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-fns.el" "custom.el" "cus-start.el" "cus-load.el" | |
18939 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "case-table.el" "byte-run.el" "buff-menu.el" | |
18940 ;;;;;; "allout.el" "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "simple.el" "faces.el" | |
18941 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "subr.el") (15298 59409 341466)) | |
39590 | 18942 |
18943 ;;;*** | |
18944 | |
25876 | 18945 ;;; Local Variables: |
18946 ;;; version-control: never | |
18947 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
18948 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
18949 ;;; End: | |
18950 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |